{"title":"Norfolk County Landscape Supply","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"305\" data-end=\"666\" class=\"\"\u003eOttr Landscape Supply proudly delivers bulk mulch, stone, soil, and gravel to homes and job sites across \u003cstrong data-start=\"410\" data-end=\"432\"\u003eNorfolk County, MA\u003c\/strong\u003e. Whether you're working on a backyard refresh in Needham, managing a commercial project in Norwood, or maintaining a large property in Dover, we provide high-quality materials with fast, dependable delivery—no minimum order required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"668\" data-end=\"1026\" class=\"\"\u003eServing towns across Norfolk County—including Dedham, Sharon, Walpole, Wellesley, Westwood, Canton, and beyond—we offer same-day and next-day dump truck delivery designed to keep your projects moving. Our bulk materials are delivered loose and ready to use, whether you need mulch for moisture retention, gravel for drainage, or screened loam for a new lawn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1028\" data-end=\"1313\" class=\"\"\u003eWith a commitment to convenience, reliability, and top-tier customer service, Ottr is your go-to source for \u003cstrong data-start=\"1136\" data-end=\"1171\"\u003eNorfolk County landscape supply\u003c\/strong\u003e. Order online, schedule your delivery, and let us bring the mulch, rock, soil, and stone straight to your driveway—on time and ready to work.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"white-marble-0-75","title":"White Marble ¾\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Marble ¾\" — Bright White Stone for Modern, High-Contrast Landscapes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite Marble ¾\" is the brightest decorative stone we carry — crushed marble with a luminous, almost-glowing white tone that pops against dark mulch, deep-green plantings, and modern hardscape. It's the stone designers spec when the landscape needs serious contrast, and the homeowner pick for beds that should look magazine-finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed white marble — calcium carbonate stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" nominal — angular, crushed faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth, ~100 sq ft at 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs\/yd³ (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite stone, white gravel, marble chips, decorative white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-contrast decorative beds against dark mulch or pavers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern, minimalist landscape designs and architectural plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalkway accents and decorative drip edges around contemporary homes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMemorial gardens, religious statuary surrounds, and reflection-pool aprons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 100 sq ft accent bed at 3\" depth needs about 0.93 cubic yards. For a 50' decorative drip edge 18\" wide at 3\", plan on about 0.7 yards. White marble shows soil contamination quickly when laid thin — always go 3–4 inches for the install to read clean and stay looking that way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow White Marble ¾\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Mixed-Color Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Mixed-Color has multi-tone depth; White Marble is a single bright tone for maximum contrast. Different visual goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray is utility\/driveway. White Marble is decorative-only — it would scratch and discolor under tire traffic. Don't mix uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. River-tumbled Riverbed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Riverbed is smooth and natural-looking. White Marble is angular and high-impact bright — modern vs. naturalized.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Concrete\/Stone Walls:\u003c\/strong\u003e White Marble looks especially crisp against blue-gray hardscape and dark mulches; pair with high-contrast surroundings for best effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill White Marble stay white?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGenerally yes — marble is a relatively stable stone. However, it can show dirt, leaves, and organic matter more visibly than darker stones. A spring rake-out or hose-down keeps it looking crisp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs White Marble OK for driveways?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — it's decorative-only. Tire pressure crushes the angular faces faster than harder stones (granite, trap rock), and any oil\/leak from a vehicle will discolor it quickly. Use granite for driveways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes White Marble change the soil pH?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlightly, over time. Marble is calcium carbonate (similar to limestone), so it can gradually raise soil pH in beds where it sits on top. Most ornamental plantings tolerate this fine, but acid-loving plants (blueberries, azaleas, rhododendrons) prefer different ground cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I lay White Marble?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3–4 inches minimum. White marble shows soil contamination through thin layers; deeper installs stay looking clean longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver white marble across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/black-mulch\"\u003eblack mulch\u003c\/a\u003e in surrounding beds for the maximum-contrast look, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/mixed-color-granite-0-75\"\u003emixed-color granite ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e when a multi-tone alternative fits the design better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the bright white marble that turns landscape beds into a visual statement.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will White Marble stay white?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Generally yes — marble is a relatively stable stone. However, it can show dirt and organic matter more visibly than darker stones. A spring rake-out or hose-down keeps it looking crisp.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is White Marble OK for driveways?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No — it's decorative-only. Tire pressure crushes the angular faces faster than harder stones, and any oil leak will discolor it. Use granite for driveways.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does White Marble change soil pH?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Slightly, over time. Marble is calcium carbonate, so it can gradually raise soil pH. Most ornamentals tolerate this fine, but acid-loving plants like blueberries, azaleas, and rhododendrons prefer different ground cover.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I lay White Marble?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"3-4 inches minimum. White marble shows soil contamination through thin layers; deeper installs stay clean longer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162967789796,"sku":"4081","price":130.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/WhiteStoneRock0.75.png?v=1743016718"},{"product_id":"blue-gray-granite-dust","title":"Blue-Gray Granite Dust","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-Gray Granite Dust — The Compactable Fines That Lock Pavers Together \u0026amp; Finish Walkways\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSame spec class as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/10-stone-dust\" title=\"#10 Stone Dust\"\u003e#10 Screenings\u003c\/a\u003e (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 No. 10) — blue-gray granite variant of the same gradation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue-Gray Granite Dust is the quarter-minus by-product of crushing our native Boston-area granite — the fine material that packs to a hard, near-concrete-like surface when it gets the right moisture and a tamper. Hardscape installers sweep it into paver joints. Trail builders compact it as a finished walking surface. Horse owners spread it as low-cost arena footing. It's the unsung hero of any project where stone needs to lock together and stay put.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue-gray granite screenings, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuarter-minus (passes ⅜\", high-fines, angular)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~150 sq ft at 2\" depth (compacted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs\/yd³ (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#10 screenings, stone dust, blue stone dust, quarter-minus, blue-gray pack, granite fines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaver joint sweep-in for natural stone and concrete pavers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompactable walkway surfaces on garden paths and trails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorse paddock and riding arena footing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop-finish over base layers on patio and walkway installs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 4' × 25' garden path at 2\" compacted depth, plan on about 0.6 cubic yards. A 200 sq ft paver patio with stone-dust joint sweep-in needs roughly 0.2 yards — just enough to fill the joints and clean up the surface. Always compact in 1\" lifts when building a structural walking surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Blue-Gray Granite Dust compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. #10 Stone Dust (standard granite):\u003c\/strong\u003e Same gradation, different color profile. Blue-gray has a steel undertone that reads cool; the standard #10 is the neutral gray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Mason Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mason sand is rounder and softer (used for mortar). Blue-gray granite dust is angular and locks under compaction — better for walkway setting beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Dense Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dense Pack has a ¾\" top stone plus fines. Blue-Gray Granite Dust is just the fines. Use dust to top a dense-pack base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Concrete Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Concrete sand drains better and is the ICPI-spec'd paver bedding sand. Stone dust is the traditional joint-sweep material — different layer, different job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Blue-Gray Granite Dust used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWalkway setting beds, paver joint fill, top dressing on driveways, arena footing, and footing for stepping stones and flagstone. It compacts to a near-solid layer that locks the surface above it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Blue-Gray Granite Dust the same as #10 screenings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame spec class (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 No. 10) — just the blue-gray color profile of the granite. Gradationally identical to standard #10 stone dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Blue-Gray Granite Dust drain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot well. The fines pack tight, so water sheds across the surface rather than percolating through. That's a feature for walkways (no settling) but a bug if drainage is needed — for drainage, use a clean stone instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Blue-Gray Granite Dust under pavers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor dry-laid stepping stones and flagstone, yes — it is the traditional setting bed. For interlocking concrete pavers, contemporary ICPI guidance prefers concrete sand for bedding; stone dust is still used for joint sweep-in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of stone dust weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver stone dust in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for the compacted base layer underneath, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/blue-gray-granite-0-5\"\u003eblue-gray granite ½\"\u003c\/a\u003e for the decorative layer alongside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the compactable blue-gray fines that finish hardscape projects clean.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Blue-Gray Granite Dust used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Walkway setting beds, paver joint fill, top dressing on driveways, arena footing, and footing for stepping stones and flagstone. It compacts to a near-solid layer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Blue-Gray Granite Dust the same as #10 screenings?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same spec class (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 No. 10) — just the blue-gray color profile of the granite. Gradationally identical to standard #10 stone dust.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Blue-Gray Granite Dust drain?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Not well. The fines pack tight, so water sheds across the surface rather than percolating through.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use it under pavers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For dry-laid stepping stones and flagstone, yes — it is the traditional setting bed. For interlocking concrete pavers, ICPI guidance prefers concrete sand for bedding; stone dust is still used for joint sweep.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard of stone dust weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162967822564,"sku":"4020","price":69.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/BlueStoneRockFines.png?v=1742512179"},{"product_id":"pine-bark-mulch","title":"Pine Bark Mulch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePine Bark Mulch — Chunky Bark Mulch That Holds Slopes \u0026amp; Ages Naturally\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePine Bark Mulch is the chunkier cousin of shredded mulch — nuggets and ribbons of natural pine bark that knit together and stay put on graded beds and slopes where finer mulches wash out with the first heavy rain. It starts a rich, warm brown and weathers gracefully to a silvery gray. No dye, no fuss, just real bark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural pine bark nuggets and ribbons (1–3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~500–700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePine nugget mulch, bark nuggets, chunk bark, slope mulch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSloped beds and graded landscapes where shredded mulch slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround mature trees and large shrubs that want a natural look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturalized garden areas, woodland paths, and side-yard fillers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-lasting beds where homeowners don't want to re-mulch every spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 12' × 25' sloped bed at 3\" depth, plan on about 2.8 cubic yards. Because pine bark holds together so well, you can often skip a year or two between fresh applications — so it goes further over the long haul than finer shredded mulches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Pine Bark compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Hemlock Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hemlock is finer-textured (shredded). Pine Bark is chunky nuggets. Use Pine Bark on slopes; Hemlock in flat front beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Black Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black is dyed shredded hardwood for modern contrast. Pine Bark is natural, chunky, more rustic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Red Cedar Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cedar is shredded with natural oils that resist rot. Pine Bark holds shape better on slopes but doesn't have the cedar aromatics or color longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone (river rock or gravel):\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone is permanent — never re-applies. Pine Bark breaks down (slowly) and feeds soil. Stone for permanence; Pine Bark for organic landscape feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does Pine Bark hold slopes better than shredded mulch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chunky nugget shapes knit together and create natural friction against runoff. Shredded mulches are flat and slide downhill in heavy rain; nuggets stay put.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does Pine Bark last before refreshing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2–3 seasons typically. Pine bark breaks down slowly compared to shredded mulches, so you can stretch refresh cycles longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Pine Bark good around acid-loving plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — pine bark is mildly acidic and breaks down to feed acid-loving plants (azaleas, rhododendrons, blueberries, hydrangeas). One of the better mulch choices for these beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the chunks float in heavy rain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLess than shredded mulch but still possible in extreme runoff. For very steep slopes, consider stone (Brown Riverbed) or terraced beds with edging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 500–700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day dump truck delivery, no minimum. We deliver throughout \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/hemlock-mulch\"\u003ehemlock mulch\u003c\/a\u003e for a softer, finer-textured natural option, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/garden-soil-mix\"\u003egarden soil mix\u003c\/a\u003e to amend the bed underneath before you spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the chunky natural mulch that stays where you put it.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does Pine Bark hold slopes better than shredded mulch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The chunky nugget shapes knit together and create natural friction against runoff. Shredded mulches slide downhill in heavy rain; nuggets stay put.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does Pine Bark last before refreshing?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2-3 seasons typically. Pine bark breaks down slowly, so you can stretch refresh cycles longer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Pine Bark good around acid-loving plants?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — pine bark is mildly acidic and breaks down to feed acid-loving plants like azaleas, rhododendrons, blueberries, and hydrangeas.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the chunks float in heavy rain?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Less than shredded mulch but possible in extreme runoff. For very steep slopes, consider stone or terraced beds with edging.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 500 to 700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162967855332,"sku":"1003","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/PineBarkMulch.png?v=1778464922"},{"product_id":"red-cedar-mulch","title":"Red Cedar Mulch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Cedar Mulch — Aromatic, Long-Lasting Cedar Mulch with Natural Bug-Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Red Cedar Mulch is the premium pick when you want mulch that does more than just look good. Cedar is naturally rot-resistant, which means it holds its color and structure longer than most dyed mulches — and the natural cedar oils give it that signature aromatic scent (and a quiet edge against certain insects). A favorite for high-visibility front yards and any bed where homeowners want a natural look that lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShredded red cedar — naturally rot-resistant, aromatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~500–700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEastern red cedar mulch, aromatic cedar, premium cedar mulch, natural cedar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-visibility front beds and curb-appeal-driven landscapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround vegetable gardens and raised beds where rot-resistance matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePet areas, dog runs, and play-adjacent beds where natural is preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermanent borders and decorative beds you don't want to refresh yearly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 15' × 15' front bed at 3\" depth needs about 2 cubic yards. Because cedar breaks down slowly, you'll typically only need to top-dress every 2–3 years instead of annually — making it one of the better long-term values among natural mulches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Red Cedar compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Hemlock Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both natural. Hemlock fades faster to silvery gray; cedar holds the warm reddish-brown tone significantly longer. Cedar costs more but lasts longer between applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Black Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black is dyed shredded hardwood for modern look. Cedar is natural with bug-resistant oils — premium organic pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pine Bark Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pine Bark is chunky nuggets for slopes. Cedar is shredded ribbons for refined front beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Playground Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Playground Mulch is IPEMA-certified safety surfacing — purpose-built for under play structures. Don't substitute regular cedar for playground use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Red Cedar Mulch actually repel bugs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCedar's natural oils have repellent properties against certain insects (some flies, moths, fleas). It's not a pesticide — won't eliminate infestations — but the cedar aromatic does have measurable repellent effect for these specific bugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does cedar cost more than other mulches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRed cedar is rot-resistant and slower to harvest than hardwood. The premium reflects raw material cost and the longer refresh cycle (2–3 years vs. 1 year for cheaper mulches), so the per-year cost can actually be lower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs cedar mulch safe around pets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — natural cedar is safe for dogs and cats. Avoid letting pets eat it (as with any mulch). Cedar's aromatic effect can be a positive — some find it deters fleas in dog yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Red Cedar fade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes but very slowly compared to other mulches. The reddish-brown tone fades to a weathered tan over 2–3 seasons, then to silvery gray after that. Most homeowners refresh annually for the front yard look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 500–700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run cedar across our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e service area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/hemlock-mulch\"\u003ehemlock mulch\u003c\/a\u003e for back beds where the cedar premium isn't needed, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/loam\"\u003escreened topsoil loam\u003c\/a\u003e if you're building beds from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the aromatic, long-lasting mulch that's worth the upgrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Red Cedar Mulch actually repel bugs?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Cedar's natural oils have repellent properties against certain insects like some flies, moths, and fleas. Not a pesticide but has measurable repellent effect for these specific bugs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does cedar cost more than other mulches?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Red cedar is rot-resistant and slower to harvest. The premium reflects raw material cost and the longer refresh cycle (2-3 years vs. 1 year), so per-year cost can be lower.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is cedar mulch safe around pets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — natural cedar is safe for dogs and cats. Avoid letting pets eat it. Cedar aromatic can deter fleas in dog yards.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will Red Cedar fade?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes but very slowly. Reddish-brown fades to weathered tan over 2-3 seasons, then to silvery gray. Most refresh annually for front yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 500 to 700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162967888100,"sku":"1004","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Red-Cedar-Mulch.png?v=1742761881"},{"product_id":"brown-riverbed-0-375","title":"Brown Riverbed ⅜\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrown Riverbed ⅜\" — Small-Format Warm Stone for Paths \u0026amp; Garden Detail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNaturally tumbled brown river stone — smooth, rounded edges (not crushed).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown Riverbed ⅜\" is the smaller, finer-textured version of our ¾\" warm brown stone — the size that walks well underfoot, settles tidily into garden paths, and finishes container drainage with a natural look. Same earthy tone that pairs well with mulch, just refined in scale for projects where smaller stone reads better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaturally tumbled brown river stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⅜\" nominal — smooth, rounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500–2,700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall brown river rock, tan pebble, decomposed pea gravel (regional), container drainage stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden walkways and stepping-stone path fill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContainer drainage in pots, planters, and trough containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative borders along garden beds and walkway edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrip edges in warm-toned landscapes that don't suit blue-gray stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3' × 25' garden path at 3\" depth needs about 0.7 cubic yards. For a decorative border 6\" wide × 100' long × 3\" deep, plan on about 0.5 yards. Container drainage typically asks for 1–2 inches in the bottom of large pots — a 24\" decorative pot needs less than a five-gallon bucket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Brown Riverbed ⅜\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Brown Riverbed ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ¾\" covers more visual ground with bigger stones. ⅜\" walks softer underfoot and fits container drainage better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ⅜\" (mixed-color):\u003c\/strong\u003e Mixed Riverbed has tan, gray, and earth tones. Brown Riverbed is the consistent warm-brown only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pea Gravel:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Pea gravel\" is sometimes used loosely for any small rounded stone. ⅜\" Brown Riverbed is the brown-toned version of that look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pine Bark Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Same warm palette but stone holds shape year after year; mulch breaks down annually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Brown Riverbed ⅜\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden walkways, container drainage in pots and planters, decorative borders, and drip edges in warm-toned landscapes. The smaller size walks well underfoot and finishes detail work tidily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Brown Riverbed in fish ponds or aquariums?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGenerally yes — it's natural river stone (not crushed or treated), so it doesn't affect water chemistry the way limestone or marble would. Rinse before use to remove dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Brown Riverbed barefoot-friendly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Smooth tumbled edges make it the most foot-friendly small stone we carry. Better than any crushed gravel for paths where people walk barefoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I lay it in containers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1–2 inches in the bottom of large planters. Goes under soil; provides drainage so roots don't sit in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500–2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver ⅜\" brown riverbed across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/brown-riverbed-0-75\"\u003ebrown riverbed ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for chunkier coverage on the same project, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/pine-bark-mulch\"\u003epine bark mulch\u003c\/a\u003e for warm-tone bed coverage alongside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the small-format warm stone that finishes garden paths just right.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Brown Riverbed 3\/8 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Garden walkways, container drainage in pots and planters, decorative borders, and drip edges in warm-toned landscapes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Brown Riverbed in fish ponds or aquariums?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Generally yes — it is natural river stone, so it does not affect water chemistry the way limestone or marble would. Rinse before use to remove dust.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Brown Riverbed barefoot-friendly?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Smooth tumbled edges make it the most foot-friendly small stone in our catalog.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I lay it in containers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1-2 inches in the bottom of large planters. Goes under soil; provides drainage so roots do not sit in water.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 to 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162967986404,"sku":"4040","price":92.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Brown-Stone-Rock-0.375-Inch.png?v=1742512194"},{"product_id":"brown-riverbed-0-75","title":"Brown Riverbed ¾\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrown Riverbed ¾\" — Warm Earthy Stone That Plays Well with Mulch \u0026amp; Beds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNaturally tumbled brown river stone — smooth, rounded edges (not crushed).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown Riverbed ¾\" is the warm-toned alternative when blue-gray feels too cool for the project. The earthy brown reads natural next to mulch beds, blends with shrub plantings instead of contrasting against them, and gives walkways and decorative areas a softer, woodsy feel. It's a favorite for rustic-style landscapes and homeowners who want stone that looks at home in a garden setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaturally tumbled brown river stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" nominal — smooth, rounded edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth, ~100 sq ft at 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500–2,700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown river rock, tan river stone, brown gravel, woodland stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden paths winding through mulched beds and shrub plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative ground cover in naturalized landscapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePathways around log cabins, woodland properties, and rustic homes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm-toned drip edges and patio borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 4' × 40' winding garden path at 3\" depth needs about 1.5 cubic yards. For a 250 sq ft decorative bed at 3\", plan on about 2.3 yards. The warm brown looks best at the deeper end of the range — 3–4 inches gives the best visual depth and weed suppression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Brown Riverbed ¾\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Brown Riverbed ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ⅜\" walks more comfortably underfoot. ¾\" reads bolder and covers more visual ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray is angular crushed stone for driveways. Brown Riverbed is smooth tumbled stone for decorative beds. Completely different visual moods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ¾\" (mixed-color):\u003c\/strong\u003e Mixed Riverbed has tan, gray, and earth tones blended. Brown Riverbed is the consistent warm-brown tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Hemlock or Pine Bark Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown stone holds shape and color year after year; mulch breaks down annually. Stone is the long-term, lower-maintenance choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Brown Riverbed ¾\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden paths through mulched beds, decorative ground cover in naturalized landscapes, walkways around rustic homes, and warm-toned drip edges. It's the pick when blue-gray or stark white stone feels too cold for the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the brown color fade in the sun?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Brown Riverbed is naturally tumbled river stone — the color is the rock itself, not a coating or dye. Weather doesn't change it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Brown Riverbed comfortable to walk on barefoot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Smooth tumbled edges mean it's much friendlier on bare feet and pet paws than angular crushed gravel. The ¾\" size is firm but not sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Brown Riverbed pair with mulch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBeautifully — the warm brown tones echo hemlock, pine bark, and cedar mulches. Stone for paths and edges, mulch for beds = a coherent earthy palette across the landscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500–2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver brown riverbed across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/hemlock-mulch\"\u003ehemlock mulch\u003c\/a\u003e for surrounding bed coverage in the same warm tone family, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/brown-riverbed-0-375\"\u003ebrown riverbed ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e for finer-detail walkway sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the warm-toned stone that lives easy alongside garden beds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Brown Riverbed 3\/4 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Garden paths through mulched beds, decorative ground cover in naturalized landscapes, walkways around rustic homes, and warm-toned drip edges.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the brown color fade in the sun?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Brown Riverbed is naturally tumbled river stone — the color is the rock itself, not a coating or dye. Weather does not change it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Brown Riverbed comfortable to walk on barefoot?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Smooth tumbled edges mean it is much friendlier on bare feet and pet paws than angular crushed gravel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does Brown Riverbed pair with mulch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Beautifully — the warm brown tones echo hemlock, pine bark, and cedar mulches. Stone for paths and edges, mulch for beds gives a coherent earthy palette.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 to 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162968051940,"sku":"4041","price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Brown-Stone-Rock-0.75-Inch_867c084b-b5fc-485d-9cb4-ff3443301d4e.png?v=1743016948"},{"product_id":"gray-granite-0-75","title":"Gray Granite ¾\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Granite ¾\" — The Classic New England Driveway Gravel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAlso sold as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/57-stone\" title=\"#57 Stone (Crushed Granite)\"\u003e#57 Stone (Crushed Granite)\u003c\/a\u003e — the contractor spec name for the same material (ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 57).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGray Granite ¾\" is the gravel half of New England knows by name. Classic gray-on-gray tone, angular crushed faces that lock together under tires instead of rolling out from under them, and the right size to drain well without being a pebbly mess underfoot. It's been the default driveway material here for generations — and for the same reason, it's still the right call today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" nominal — angular, crushed faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (driveway top coat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500–2,700 lbs\/yd³ (~1.25–1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#57 stone, crushed gray rock, ¾\" gravel, driveway gravel, gray crushed rock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential driveway top coats and re-bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio and walkway base layers under pavers and flagstone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrainage trenches around foundations and along yard edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParking pads, equipment storage areas, and yard utility surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical 600 sq ft residential driveway at a 3\" top-coat depth needs about 5.5 cubic yards. For a longer 100' country driveway 12' wide at 3\", plan on about 11 yards. A 200 sq ft paver patio with 4\" of ¾\" base stone needs about 2.5 yards (with dense pack typically below).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Gray Granite ¾\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ⅜\" is the smaller, foot-friendlier version — better for garden walkways and decorative borders. ¾\" is the chunkier driveway\/base size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite 1.5\":\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5\" is for heavy drainage trenches and deep backfill. ¾\" is the residential driveway standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Dense Pack ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Dense Pack has fines mixed in for compaction. ¾\" gray granite is clean for drainage and finish. Pick by whether you need a compacted base or a drainable top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Same size, different color profile. Blue-gray has a steel undertone; gray is the classic neutral tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much gray gravel do I need for my driveway?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor a 2-car residential driveway (~600 sq ft) at a 3\" top coat, plan on about 5.5 cubic yards. A longer country driveway (12' × 100' at 3\") runs about 11 yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Gray Granite ¾\" the same as #57 stone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — gradationally, our ¾\" gray crushed granite meets ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 57. Contractors call it #57 stone; homeowners call it gray gravel or crushed rock. Same material under both names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this hold up to snow plowing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Angular crushed granite is the right gravel for plowed driveways — the angular faces lock together so gravel doesn't migrate when a plow passes. Round pea gravel or river rock would scatter; ¾\" gray granite stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Gray Granite ¾\" under pavers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes as a drainage layer, but for the structural base under pavers you want \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/610-stone\"\u003e#610 Stone\u003c\/a\u003e — those have fines mixed in to compact tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Gray Granite ¾\" compare to crushed concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCrushed concrete is the recycled, budget-friendly alternative for base material. Gray granite is the virgin-aggregate finish material — more uniform appearance, more durable through freeze-thaw, more refined look for a visible driveway top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver to my town?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run gray granite daily across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for the compacted base under driveways and patios, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/gray-granite-0-375\"\u003egray granite ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e for the finer walkway version of the same look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the classic gray driveway gravel that does the job right.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much gray gravel do I need for my driveway?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For a 2-car residential driveway of about 600 sq ft at a 3 inch top coat, plan on about 5.5 cubic yards. A longer country driveway of 12 feet by 100 feet at 3 inches runs about 11 yards.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Gray Granite 3\/4 inch the same as #57 stone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Our 3\/4 inch gray crushed granite meets ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 57 specifications. Contractors call it #57 stone; homeowners call it gray gravel or crushed rock.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this hold up to snow plowing?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Angular crushed granite is the right gravel for plowed driveways. The angular faces lock together so gravel does not migrate when a plow passes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Gray Granite under pavers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes as a drainage layer, but for the structural base under pavers you want Dense Pack 3\/4 inch to minus or #610 Stone — those have fines mixed in to compact tight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does Gray Granite compare to crushed concrete?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Crushed concrete is the recycled, budget-friendly alternative for base material. Gray granite is the virgin-aggregate finish material — more uniform, more durable through freeze-thaw, more refined for a visible driveway top.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver to my town?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162968150244,"sku":"4002","price":79.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Limestone-Rock-0.75-Inch.png?v=1742512204"},{"product_id":"gray-granite-1-5","title":"Gray Granite 1.5\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Granite 1.5\" — Heavy-Duty Stone for Deep Drainage \u0026amp; Backfill\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAlso sold as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/4-stone\" title=\"#4 Stone (Crushed Granite Ballast)\"\u003e#4 Stone (Crushed Granite)\u003c\/a\u003e — the contractor spec name for the same material (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 No. 4).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGray Granite 1.5\" is the size that drainage installers, septic contractors, and excavators reach for when the project calls for serious water-moving capacity. The larger void space between stones means water flows through fast — critical for French drains, septic system bedding, and any application where the job is to get water out and away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\" nominal — angular, crushed, clean of fines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~27 cubic feet of trench per yard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500 lbs\/yd³ (~1.25 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#4 stone, ballast stone, 1.5\" crushed gray, large drainage rock, septic stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep French drains and footing drains around foundations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeptic system pipe bedding and trenching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorm drain systems and dry-well construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining wall backfill behind block and stone walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 100' French drain trench (12\" wide × 24\" deep) needs about 7.4 cubic yards. Backfilling a 50' segmental retaining wall (12\" deep gravel zone behind the block) takes roughly 3.7 yards. Septic pipe bedding sizes are dictated by the engineered design — your installer will give you the exact volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Gray Granite 1.5\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5\" is the deeper-drainage size with bigger voids and faster water flow. ¾\" is the driveway standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Rip Rap 6\"–12\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Rip rap is much larger — used for erosion control along shorelines, ditches, and high-energy stream banks. 1.5\" sits below rip rap in scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Crushed Concrete 1\" to minus:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crushed concrete is dense-graded with fines for compaction. 1.5\" gray granite is clean for drainage. Different jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Different color and smaller size; ¾\" is finish gravel, 1.5\" is drainage rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Gray Granite 1.5\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeavy drainage, foundation backfill, large culvert bedding, septic system stone, and the transition layer between rip rap and finer drainage rock. It is reserved for deeper, higher-flow applications than the ¾\" residential standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Gray Granite 1.5\" the same as #4 stone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — gradationally, 1.5\" gray crushed granite meets AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 No. 4. The residential descriptor and the contractor spec name point to the same material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this stone clog up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Because it's clean of fines, the void space between the stones stays open and water flows freely. Wrap the trench in non-woven filter fabric to keep silt and fines from migrating in from the surrounding soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should a French drain be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor typical residential downspout dispersal, 18–24\" deep × 12\" wide works. For foundation drains around a full basement, follow the engineer's spec — usually 24\"+ deep wrapped in filter fabric at the footing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of 1.5\" gray granite weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.25 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver drainage stone in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run drainage stone routes across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/gray-granite-0-75\"\u003egray granite ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for the upper drainage layer or driveway top coat above, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/septic-sand\"\u003eseptic sand\u003c\/a\u003e for Title 5 leach field installations alongside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the heavy-duty drainage stone for jobs that need real flow capacity.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Gray Granite 1.5 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Heavy drainage, foundation backfill, large culvert bedding, septic system stone, and the transition layer between rip rap and finer drainage rock.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Gray Granite 1.5 inch the same as #4 stone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. 1.5 inch gray crushed granite meets AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 No. 4 specifications.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this stone clog up?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Because it is clean of fines, the void space between stones stays open and water flows freely. Wrap the trench in non-woven filter fabric to keep silt out.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should a French drain be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For typical residential downspout dispersal, 18 to 24 inches deep by 12 inches wide. For foundation drains around a full basement, follow the engineer's spec, usually 24 inches or more wrapped in filter fabric at the footing.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.25 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver drainage stone in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162968183012,"sku":"4003","price":85.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Gray-Crushed-Rock-1.5-Inch.png?v=1743017119"},{"product_id":"mixed-color-granite-0-75","title":"Mixed-Color Granite ¾\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixed-Color Granite ¾\" — Multi-Tone Stone for Upscale Decorative Landscapes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed-Color Granite ¾\" is the upscale decorative stone with a mix of pink, gray, white, and black flecks that give it visual depth no single-color stone can match. The granite mineral content makes it harder and more weather-resistant than typical decorative stone, so it holds its color and crisp edges for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulti-tone crushed granite (pink, gray, white, black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" nominal — angular, crushed faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth, ~100 sq ft at 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700–2,800 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulti-color granite, pink granite, decorative granite, salt and pepper granite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpscale decorative ground cover in beds and borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatement walkways and feature paths in modern landscape designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative fill around boulders and statement plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrip edges and patio borders where premium look is the goal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 200 sq ft decorative bed at 3\" depth needs about 1.85 cubic yards. For a statement walkway 4' × 30' at 3\", plan on about 1.1 yards. Granite at 3\" looks rich and intentional; under 2\" the soil shows through and the visual impact disappears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Mixed-Color Granite compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. White Marble ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e White Marble is a single bright tone for maximum contrast. Mixed-Color Granite has depth and movement from the multi-tone flecks. Different visual moods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray is the neutral utility option for driveways. Mixed-Color is the premium decorative pick — more expensive, more visually rich.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Brown Riverbed ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown Riverbed is smooth, warm, naturalized. Mixed-Color Granite is crushed, multi-tone, modern. Different design directions entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue-Gray is cool single-tone. Mixed-Color brings warmth and visual complexity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat gives Mixed-Color Granite its color?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's the natural mineral composition of granite — feldspar (pink and white), quartz (clear\/white), mica and biotite (black). Each stone carries a different ratio, which is why the bed has visual depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Mixed-Color Granite fade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Granite is among the most weather-resistant landscape stones — the colors are mineral, not surface treatments, so they don't bleach or fade through freeze-thaw cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I lay Mixed-Color Granite?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3–4 inches minimum. Premium decorative stone shows its visual richness at depth; laid thin (under 2\"), the soil shows through and the multi-tone effect is lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mixed-Color Granite good for walkways?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExcellent for statement walkways and decorative paths. Angular faces lock together underfoot. Goes especially well in modern landscape designs that pair multi-tone stone with monochromatic plantings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700–2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver granite across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/white-marble-0-75\"\u003ewhite marble ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for a brighter, single-tone alternative on the same project, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/black-mulch\"\u003eblack mulch\u003c\/a\u003e in surrounding beds for high-contrast pairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the multi-tone granite that gives decorative landscapes a custom-designed feel.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What gives Mixed-Color Granite its color?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The natural mineral composition of granite — feldspar (pink and white), quartz (clear or white), mica and biotite (black). Each stone carries a different ratio, which gives the bed visual depth.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will Mixed-Color Granite fade?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Granite is among the most weather-resistant landscape stones — the colors are mineral, not surface treatments, so they do not bleach or fade through freeze-thaw cycles.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I lay it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"3-4 inches minimum. Premium decorative stone shows its visual richness at depth; laid thin, the soil shows through and the multi-tone effect is lost.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it good for walkways?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Excellent for statement walkways and decorative paths. Angular faces lock together underfoot.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 to 2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162968871140,"sku":"4080","price":76.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Granite-Rock-0.75-Inch_dddc507a-da11-4965-9693-12d5bd939ffd.png?v=1743016819"},{"product_id":"blue-gray-granite-0-75","title":"Blue-Gray Granite ¾\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-Gray Granite ¾\" — The Workhorse Crushed Stone for Driveways \u0026amp; Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNative Boston-area blue-gray granite — not to be confused with Pennsylvania\/New York bluestone.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur ¾\" Blue-Gray Granite is the standard-bearer of New England crushed stone — the size driveway pros reach for, the size drainage installers spec by name, and the size that gives outdoor projects that classic, intentional blue-gray look. Big enough to take vehicle weight without crushing, small enough to spread evenly with a rake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue-gray crushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" nominal — angular, crushed faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (driveway top coat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500–2,700 lbs\/yd³ (~1.25–1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue stone ¾\", ¾\" crushed blue, driveway gravel, blue gravel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential and commercial driveway top coats and re-bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatio and walkway base layers under pavers and flagstone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrench drains, foundation drainage, and downspout dispersal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative ground cover in beds with chunkier visual texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 600 sq ft driveway top-coat at 3\" depth, plan on about 5.5 cubic yards. A 50' French drain trench (12\" wide × 18\" deep) needs about 2.8 yards. New patio base under 200 sq ft of pavers at 4\" of ¾\" stone runs about 2.5 yards (with dense pack typically below).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Blue-Gray Granite ¾\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Same size and crushed structure; blue-gray reads cooler with a steel undertone, gray is the classic neutral pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ½\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\" is the smaller walkway\/detail size. ¾\" is the driveway and base workhorse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Dense Pack ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Dense Pack has fines mixed in for compaction. ¾\" blue-gray is clean for drainage and finish. Common stack: Dense Pack base + ¾\" top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. PA Bluestone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Different products entirely. PA Bluestone is flat sedimentary flagstone for patio surfaces; this is crushed igneous granite for bulk material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Blue-Gray Granite ¾\" the same as bluestone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — bluestone is a flat flagstone from PA\/NY used for patio surfaces. Blue-Gray Granite is our native Boston-area crushed granite with a blue-gray color profile. Same name family, completely different products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Blue-Gray Granite ¾\" stay put in a driveway?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Angular crushed granite is the right pick for driveways — the angular faces lock together so the gravel doesn't migrate under tires or get scattered by a plow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Blue-Gray Granite ¾\" compare to Gray Granite ¾\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdentical size and crushed structure. Blue-gray has a cooler steel undertone; gray is the neutral classic. Color preference only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Blue-Gray Granite ¾\" under pavers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes as the drainage layer, but for the structural base under pavers, use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e — it has fines mixed in to compact tight. Common stack: Dense Pack below + Blue-Gray ¾\" on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of Blue-Gray Granite ¾\" weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500–2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.25–1.35 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver to my town?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run blue-gray granite trucks across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for the compacted base underneath, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/blue-gray-granite-dust\"\u003eblue-gray granite dust\u003c\/a\u003e for the finish layer or paver joint sweep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the workhorse ¾\" stone for driveways, drainage, and patio bases.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Blue-Gray Granite 3\/4 inch the same as bluestone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Bluestone is a flat flagstone from PA or NY used for patio surfaces. Blue-Gray Granite is our native Boston-area crushed granite. Same name family, completely different products.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will Blue-Gray Granite 3\/4 inch stay put in a driveway?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Angular crushed granite is the right pick for driveways — the angular faces lock together so the gravel does not migrate under tires or get scattered by a plow.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does Blue-Gray Granite 3\/4 inch compare to Gray Granite 3\/4 inch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Identical size and crushed structure. Blue-gray has a cooler steel undertone; gray is the neutral classic. Color preference only.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Blue-Gray Granite 3\/4 inch under pavers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes as the drainage layer, but for the structural base under pavers use Dense Pack 3\/4 inch to minus. Common stack: Dense Pack below + Blue-Gray 3\/4 inch on top.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 to 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.25 to 1.35 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver to my town?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162968903908,"sku":"4023","price":84.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Blue-Stone-Rock-0.75-Inch.png?v=1742512221"},{"product_id":"blue-gray-granite-0-375","title":"Blue-Gray Granite ⅜\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-Gray Granite ⅜\" — The Small-Format Blue-Gray Stone for Walkways \u0026amp; Detail Work\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNative Boston-area blue-gray granite — not to be confused with Pennsylvania\/New York bluestone.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur ⅜\" Blue-Gray Granite is the small-format version of our classic blue-gray crushed stone — the size that fills paver joints comfortably, finishes drip edges cleanly, and walks well underfoot in garden paths. It's the right call when ¾\" feels too chunky but you still want that signature blue-gray look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue-gray crushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⅜\" nominal — angular, crushed faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500–2,700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue stone ⅜\", ⅜\" crushed blue, small blue gravel, blue chip stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden walkways and stepping-path fill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrip edges around foundations and patios where finer stone reads better\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine drainage layers in shallow trenches and downspout dispersal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePot drainage, terrarium bottoms, and decorative top dressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 4' × 20' garden walkway at 3\" depth takes about 0.74 cubic yards. For a 100 sq ft drip edge along a foundation at 3\", plan on about 1 yard. Detail work like decorative top-dressing in beds runs at about 1\" depth, so a 200 sq ft bed top-up needs only about 0.62 yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Blue-Gray Granite ⅜\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ½\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ½\" is slightly chunkier — better when you want more visual texture. ⅜\" walks more comfortably and finishes drip edges cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite Dust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dust is the fines (¼\"-minus). ⅜\" is clean stone with no fines. Use dust for compaction, ⅜\" for decorative texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Same size; blue-gray reads cooler, gray is the neutral classic. Color preference only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Riverbed is smooth and rounded (naturally tumbled). Blue-Gray Granite ⅜\" is angular and crushed — locks under foot traffic, looks more architectural.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Blue-Gray Granite ⅜\" the same as bluestone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — bluestone is a flat flagstone from PA or NY used for patio slabs. Blue-Gray Granite is our native Boston-area crushed granite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Blue-Gray Granite ⅜\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden walkways, drip edges, fine drainage layers, pot drainage, and decorative top-dressing. The small-format pick when you want the blue-gray look on a refined scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill ⅜\" Blue-Gray Granite fill paver joints?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor permeable interlocking paver joints, yes — gradationally similar to the spec'd \"#89 joint stone.\" For traditional pavers, use polymeric sand instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use ⅜\" Blue-Gray Granite in pots for drainage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it's an excellent pot drainage layer. 1–2\" in the bottom of large planters keeps roots from sitting in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500–2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver ⅜\" blue-gray granite across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/blue-gray-granite-0-5\"\u003eblue-gray granite ½\"\u003c\/a\u003e for slightly chunkier coverage on the same project, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/blue-gray-granite-dust\"\u003eblue-gray granite dust\u003c\/a\u003e for the compactable surface or joint-sweep layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the small-format blue-gray stone for walkways and finish detail.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Blue-Gray Granite 3\/8 inch the same as bluestone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Bluestone is a flat flagstone from PA or NY used for patio slabs. Blue-Gray Granite is our native Boston-area crushed granite.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Blue-Gray Granite 3\/8 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Garden walkways, drip edges, fine drainage layers, pot drainage, and decorative top-dressing. The small-format pick when you want the blue-gray look on a refined scale.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it fill paver joints?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For permeable interlocking paver joints, yes — gradationally similar to the spec'd #89 joint stone. For traditional pavers, use polymeric sand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use it in pots for drainage?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — excellent pot drainage. 1-2 inches in the bottom of large planters keeps roots from sitting in water.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 to 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162968969444,"sku":"4021","price":82.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Blue-Stone-Rock-0.375-Inch.png?v=1742512227"},{"product_id":"blue-gray-granite-0-5","title":"Blue-Gray Granite ½\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-Gray Granite ½\" — Mid-Size Crushed Stone in That Classic Blue-Gray Tone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNative Boston-area blue-gray granite — not to be confused with Pennsylvania\/New York bluestone.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur ½\" Blue-Gray Granite is the just-right size for walkways, drip edges, and decorative ground cover — small enough to walk on comfortably, big enough to look intentional rather than gravelly. The signature blue-gray weathers with attitude and pairs well with both modern hardscape and traditional New England stone walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue-gray crushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½\" nominal — angular, crushed faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth, ~100 sq ft at 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500–2,700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue stone ½\", ½\" crushed blue, walkway gravel, blue-gray crushed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden walkways and stepping-stone bed fill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrip edges around houses and patios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative ground cover in beds and borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom layer in rain gardens and dry creek finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 3' × 30' garden walkway at 3\" depth, plan on about 0.85 cubic yards. A 200 sq ft drip edge around a foundation at 3\" runs about 1.85 yards. For decorative bed cover, 3\" is the sweet spot — deep enough to suppress weeds, shallow enough to look planned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Blue-Gray Granite ½\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ⅜\" is finer — better for tight detail work, pot drainage, and joint fill. ½\" is more substantial underfoot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ¾\" is the driveway-and-base workhorse. ½\" is the in-between size for walkways and decorative work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ½\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Same size and crushed structure; blue-gray has a cooler steel undertone, gray reads more neutral. Pure color preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pennsylvania Bluestone (the flagstone):\u003c\/strong\u003e Common confusion — PA\/NY bluestone is a flat sedimentary stone used for patios. Our Blue-Gray Granite is a crushed igneous granite used as bulk material. Completely different products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Blue-Gray Granite the same as bluestone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — and this is the most common mix-up. \"Bluestone\" usually refers to Pennsylvania or New York flagstone slabs used for patio surfaces. Our Blue-Gray Granite is native Boston-area crushed granite with a blue-gray color profile. Different rock, different application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Blue-Gray Granite ½\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden walkways, drip edges around foundations and patios, decorative ground cover in beds, and the bottom layer of rain garden finishes. It is the mid-size pick when ¾\" feels too chunky and ⅜\" feels too fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the blue-gray color fade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe granite holds its color through freeze-thaw cycles and rain. If anything, blue-gray weathers slightly darker over time as the surfaces oxidize — but the cool-toned undertone stays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I walk on it barefoot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e½\" is more comfortable than ¾\" but it's still crushed angular stone. For barefoot paths, smooth \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-375\"\u003eRiverbed ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-75\"\u003eRiverbed ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e is the better pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of Blue-Gray Granite ½\" weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500–2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver blue-gray granite across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/blue-gray-granite-0-375\"\u003eblue-gray granite ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e for finer walkways and tighter drainage details, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/blue-gray-granite-0-75\"\u003eblue-gray granite ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e when a chunkier look is the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the right-sized blue-gray granite for walkways, drip edges, and decorative beds.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Blue-Gray Granite the same as bluestone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Bluestone usually refers to Pennsylvania or New York flagstone slabs used for patio surfaces. Our Blue-Gray Granite is native Boston-area crushed granite. Different rock, different application.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Blue-Gray Granite 1\/2 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Garden walkways, drip edges around foundations and patios, decorative ground cover in beds, and the bottom layer of rain garden finishes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the blue-gray color fade?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The granite holds its color through freeze-thaw cycles and rain. Blue-gray weathers slightly darker over time but the cool-toned undertone stays.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I walk on it barefoot?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"More comfortable than 3\/4 inch but still crushed angular stone. For barefoot paths, smooth Riverbed 3\/8 inch or 3\/4 inch is the better pick.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 to 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46162969002212,"sku":"4022","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Blue-Stone-Rock-0.5-Inch.png?v=1742512230"},{"product_id":"creek-stone-2-3","title":"Creek Stone 2\"–3\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCreek Stone 2\"–3\" — The Big-Stone Anchor for Dry Creek Beds \u0026amp; Statement Landscapes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreek Stone 2\"–3\" is the larger, anchor-sized smooth stone that gives dry creek beds, pond aprons, and statement landscapes their structural backbone. These are the stones that look like the river rolled them there — placed at scale, they read instantly as natural water-feature accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge naturally tumbled river stone, mixed earth tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\"–3\" — anchor format, hand-graded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~50 sq ft at 6\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800–3,000 lbs\/yd³ (~1.4–1.5 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge river rock, anchor stone, boulder stone, creek bed boulder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry creek bed anchor stones and primary structural layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePond aprons, water feature surrounds, and stream simulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRock garden statement stones and xeriscape feature anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStepping stones across decorative dry-stream landscape features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 5' × 30' dry creek bed at 6\" depth using creek stone as the anchor layer needs about 2.8 cubic yards. For a pond apron 36\" wide × 50' long at 6\" depth, plan on about 2.8 yards. The bigger the stone, the deeper the install needs to be — anything shallower than 5\" makes the stone look stranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Creek Stone 2\"–3\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed 1.5\":\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5\" is the bold mid-format anchor. Creek Stone is the boldest anchor used at feature points in a creek bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ¾\" is the main fill between Creek Stone anchors. Use both in a layered creek bed install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Rip Rap 6\"–12\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Rip Rap is functional erosion armor for shorelines and ditches. Creek Stone is decorative anchor stone with a smooth-tumbled finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Boulders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boulders are even larger (12\"+) and placed individually as focal points. Creek Stone fills the space between boulders or stands as the \"boulder\" itself in smaller installs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Creek Stone 2\"–3\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnchor stones in dry creek beds, the leading edge of pond aprons, focal points in rock gardens, and stepping stones across naturalized dry-stream features. The boldest decorative stone short of true boulders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Creek Stone as stepping stones?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, for casual decorative paths. Set the flattest faces up, level into the ground. Note that these are tumbled stones (no two alike), so foot placement will be more \"rustic\" than uniform-cut stepping pavers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep do anchor stones need to be set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor a dry creek bed, 4–6 inches of depth lets you partially bury larger Creek Stones at the base so they look anchored, not just sitting on top. Mound the depth at feature points and taper toward edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these heavy to move?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each stone is 5–15 lbs individually. Bulk delivery is much easier than picking by hand — we drop a cubic yard wherever you can stage it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800–3,000 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4–1.5 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver creek stone across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-1-5\"\u003eriverbed 1.5\"\u003c\/a\u003e for the medium fill layer between the anchor stones, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-75\"\u003eriverbed ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for the finer accent fill that makes the whole feature look natural.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the anchor stones that turn dry creek beds into landscape statements.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Creek Stone 2-3 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Anchor stones in dry creek beds, the leading edge of pond aprons, focal points in rock gardens, and stepping stones across naturalized dry-stream features.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Creek Stone as stepping stones?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, for casual decorative paths. Set the flattest faces up, level into the ground. These are tumbled stones (no two alike), so foot placement will be rustic.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep do anchor stones need to be set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For a dry creek bed, 4-6 inches of depth lets you partially bury larger Creek Stones at the base so they look anchored, not just sitting on top.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these heavy to move?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each stone is 5-15 lbs individually. Bulk delivery is much easier than picking by hand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800-3,000 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4-1.5 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174426562788,"sku":"4082","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Creek-Rock.png?v=1743017480"},{"product_id":"mason-sand","title":"Mason Sand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMason Sand — Fine-Grain Washed Sand for Mortar, Joints \u0026amp; Sandboxes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMason Sand is the soft, fine-grained, light-colored sand that's screened and washed for the jobs where grain size and cleanliness matter. Masons mix it into mortar for tight, workable joints. Pool installers spread it as a leveling pad. Parents shovel it into sandboxes because it's clean, low in silt, and feels right under bare feet. One sand, a lot of jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine-grain washed silica sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenerally meets ASTM C144 for masonry mortar applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs\/yd³ (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eASTM C144 sand, mortar sand, white sand, sandbox sand, pool leveling sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrick and stone mortar where smooth, tight joints are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard sandboxes and play areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbove-ground pool leveling pads and pool floor padding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaver polymeric joint sand prep and joint sweep-in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 10' × 10' sandbox at 12\" depth needs about 3.7 cubic yards. A 24' round above-ground pool leveling pad at 2\" thick needs roughly 2.8 cubic yards. For mortar, plan on roughly 1 part mason sand to 3 parts portland cement by volume, depending on your mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Mason Sand compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Concrete Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mason sand is finer (ASTM C144). Concrete sand is medium-grain (ASTM C33). Mason for mortar and sandboxes; concrete sand for paver bedding and concrete mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Paver Sand \/ Coarse Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Paver sand is coarser still — for paver bedding. Mason sand is too fine to bed pavers but ideal for the joints between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone Dust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone dust is angular crushed fines. Mason sand is round\/sub-angular natural sand. Different feel, different applications — never substitute one for the other in spec'd jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Play Sand (bagged):\u003c\/strong\u003e Bagged \"play sand\" is mason sand by another name (sometimes with additional washing). Buying bulk Mason Sand from a yard is the same product at a fraction of the per-pound cost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Mason Sand safe for sandboxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mason sand is washed and screened, low in silt, and the right size for play. Some homeowners prefer to wash bulk sand again on-site with a hose before adding kids — it's optional, the sand is already clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between Mason Sand and Concrete Sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrain size. Mason sand is finer (meets ASTM C144 for mortar); concrete sand is coarser (meets ASTM C33 for concrete and paver bedding). Don't substitute — mortar made with concrete sand is too gritty; paver bedding made with mason sand floats and shifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Mason Sand under an above-ground pool?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it's the traditional pool-pad material. Spread 2\" thick, screed level, tamp lightly before setting the pool liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much sand for a sandbox?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA standard 4' × 4' sandbox at 12\" depth needs ~0.6 cubic yards (about 1,600 lbs). A 6' × 6' box at 12\" runs ~1.3 yards. Order a touch extra — kids dig more sand out than you'd expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run mason sand across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/concrete-sand\"\u003econcrete sand\u003c\/a\u003e for ASTM C33-spec mortar and ready-mix work, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/coarse-sand\"\u003ecoarse sand\u003c\/a\u003e when drainage is the priority over fineness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the clean, fine-grain sand contractors and homeowners both come back for.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Mason Sand safe for sandboxes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Mason sand is washed and screened, low in silt, and the right size for play. Some homeowners prefer to wash bulk sand again on-site with a hose before adding kids.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Mason Sand and Concrete Sand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Grain size. Mason sand is finer (meets ASTM C144 for mortar); concrete sand is coarser (meets ASTM C33 for concrete and paver bedding). Do not substitute.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Mason Sand under an above-ground pool?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — it is the traditional pool-pad material. Spread 2 inches thick, screed level, tamp lightly before setting the pool liner.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much sand for a sandbox?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 4 by 4 foot sandbox at 12 inch depth needs about 0.6 cubic yards. A 6 by 6 foot box at 12 inches runs about 1.3 yards.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174442684644,"sku":"2001","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Mason-Sand-0.png?v=1743019182"},{"product_id":"paver-sand","title":"Paver Sand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePaver Sand — Coarse Washed Sand for Patio Bedding, Walkway Bases \u0026amp; Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Paver Sand is the larger-grain washed sand contractors and DIYers use specifically under pavers, flagstone, and patio stone. It's the ICPI-spec bedding layer that lets hardscape stay level for years without shifting. Sold loose by the cubic yard, delivered direct to your driveway or job site across Greater Boston. The bigger grain size drains water fast, which is what you want anywhere drainage is part of the install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoarse-grain washed sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenerally aligns with ASTM C33 fine aggregate \/ ICPI paver bedding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth (or ~300 sq ft at 1\" paver bedding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,600–2,800 lbs\/yd³ (~1.3–1.4 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICPI paver bedding sand, bedding sand, hardscape sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaver bedding\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 1\" leveling layer between your compacted base and the pavers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatio \u0026amp; walkway base sand\u003c\/strong\u003e — under flagstone, bluestone, brick, and stamped concrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage backfill\u003c\/strong\u003e around foundations, French drains, and downspout extensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet-spot remediation\u003c\/strong\u003e in lawns and garden beds where water pools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixing into heavy clay topsoil\u003c\/strong\u003e to lighten texture and improve drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much paver sand do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003e12' × 12' paver patio\u003c\/strong\u003e with the standard 1\" sand leveling layer, plan on about \u003cstrong\u003e0.5 cubic yards\u003c\/strong\u003e of paver sand. For a \u003cstrong\u003e30' × 4' walkway\u003c\/strong\u003e, you're looking at \u003cstrong\u003e0.4 cubic yards\u003c\/strong\u003e. For a \u003cstrong\u003eFrench drain trench\u003c\/strong\u003e 50' long × 12\" wide × 18\" deep, roughly \u003cstrong\u003e2.8 cubic yards\u003c\/strong\u003e of drainage backfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb: 1 cubic yard of paver sand covers about 300 square feet at the standard 1\" bedding depth. Order 10–15% extra to account for compaction and edge work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePaver Sand vs Polymeric Sand vs Joint Sand — which do you need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree different sand products do three different jobs in a paver install:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePaver Sand (this product)\u003c\/strong\u003e — the coarse washed bedding layer UNDER the pavers. Goes between the compacted base and the paver itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoint Sand \/ Mason Sand\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine sand swept into the joints BETWEEN pavers. We sell \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mason-sand\"\u003eMason Sand\u003c\/a\u003e for joint work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolymeric Sand\u003c\/strong\u003e — joint sand pre-mixed with binders that activate when wet. Sold in bags by hardscape suppliers; we don't carry it bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need Paver Sand (this) + joint sand for a complete paver install. Plus a compacted base material like our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e underneath for structural support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Paver Sand compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/coarse-sand\"\u003eCoarse Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Coarse Sand is the broader-spec multi-purpose grade for drainage, traction, equestrian footing, and general fill. Paver Sand is the ICPI-spec hardscape bedding grade specifically tuned for paver and flagstone installs. Pick Paver Sand for hardscape; Coarse Sand for everything else.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/concrete-sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Same material family. \"Paver Sand\" is the trade name for the ICPI-spec bedding grade; \"Concrete Sand\" is the formal ASTM C33 spec name for ready-mix and structural use. Functionally close, with Concrete Sand held to a tighter spec sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mason-sand\"\u003eMason Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Mason sand is finer. Use mason for joints; paver sand for bedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone Dust\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stone dust was the traditional paver bedding material — ICPI guidance now favors paver\/concrete sand because it doesn't shift over time. Stone dust is fine for stepping stones and flagstone in dry-laid applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/septic-sand\"\u003eSeptic Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Septic sand is Title 5-spec for leach fields. Don't substitute for paver bedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Paver Sand the same as Coarse Sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame general material family, but the names point at different use cases at our yard. Paver Sand is the ICPI-spec grade we sell specifically for the bedding layer under pavers and flagstone. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/coarse-sand\"\u003eCoarse Sand\u003c\/a\u003e is the broader-spec multi-purpose grade we sell for drainage, traction, footing, and general fill. Pick the one that matches the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Paver Sand the same as Concrete Sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose — same material family. \"Paver Sand\" is what contractors call coarse washed sand for bedding pavers; \"\u003ca href=\"\/products\/concrete-sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\" is the formal ASTM C33 spec name. Functionally close; Concrete Sand is held to a tighter spec sheet for ready-mix and structural use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick should paver bedding sand be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1\" per ICPI guidelines — no more, no less. Thicker beds settle and shift. Always screed level before setting pavers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need geotextile fabric under the paver sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRecommended for long-term performance. Fabric goes between the compacted base and the sand layer, preventing sand from migrating down into the base over years of freeze-thaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much sand for a 12 × 12 paver patio?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 0.5 cubic yards at 1\" bedding depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,600–2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run paver sand across \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/concrete-sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e when you need an even tighter spec for under-paver bedding, or our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for the compacted base layer underneath. For non-hardscape applications — drainage, traction, footing, fill — see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/coarse-sand\"\u003eCoarse Sand\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder paver sand today — bulk delivery, no bags, no minimum, the right grain size for the job.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Paver Sand the same as Coarse Sand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same general material family, but the names point at different use cases. Paver Sand is the ICPI-spec grade for the bedding layer under pavers and flagstone. Coarse Sand is the broader-spec multi-purpose grade for drainage, traction, footing, and general fill.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Paver Sand the same as Concrete Sand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Close. Paver Sand is what contractors call coarse washed sand for bedding pavers; Concrete Sand is the formal ASTM C33 spec name for ready-mix and structural use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How thick should paver bedding sand be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1 inch per ICPI guidelines. Thicker beds settle and shift. Always screed level before setting pavers.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need geotextile fabric under the paver sand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Recommended for long-term performance. Fabric prevents sand from migrating down into the base over years of freeze-thaw.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much sand for a 12 by 12 paver patio?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 0.5 cubic yards at 1 inch bedding depth.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,600 to 2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174450811108,"sku":"2002","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Coarse-Sand.png?v=1743017995"},{"product_id":"black-mulch","title":"Black Mulch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Mulch — Bold Color, Long-Lasting Coverage for Beds, Borders \u0026amp; Tree Rings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Black Mulch is a premium double-ground mulch dyed with environmentally safe colorant for deep, even color that holds through the season. It's the mulch homeowners pick when they want crisp, modern contrast against green plantings and natural stone — and the mulch landscapers reach for when a yard needs to look sharp the day the truck pulls away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-ground hardwood with environmentally safe black colorant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~600–800 lbs\/yd³ (varies with moisture)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDyed black mulch, black hardwood mulch, premium black, color-enhanced mulch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden beds, perennial borders, and shrub plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround trees — dressed up, weeds suppressed, moisture locked in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation plantings and walkway edges where you want bold contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial properties and HOA jobs that need a uniform finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical 10' × 20' garden bed at 3\" depth needs about 1.85 cubic yards. For tree rings and around shrubs, plan on 2–3 inches of coverage. New beds going in fresh? Go with 3–4 inches to suppress weeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Black Mulch compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Red Cedar Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cedar is natural, longer-lasting, slightly more expensive. Black is dyed for crisp aesthetic contrast — best when modern look is the goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Hemlock Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hemlock is natural reddish-brown (no dye). Black is dyed for high contrast against green plantings. Different design directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pine Bark Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pine Bark is chunky natural bark — holds slopes better. Black Mulch is shredded hardwood — easier to spread, more uniform color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone Mulch (gravel cover):\u003c\/strong\u003e Mulch breaks down annually and feeds soil. Stone holds shape forever. Black Mulch for organic warmth; stone for permanence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the black dye safe for plants and pets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — our colorant is environmentally safe and used on bagged mulches at major retailers. It doesn't leach into soil or harm plants when used as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does Black Mulch hold its color?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTypically 1 season with deep color, then fades to a softer dark gray-brown. Most homeowners refresh annually for the crisp look; the underlying mulch is still doing its job (weed suppression, moisture retention) even after fading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes mulch attract bugs or termites?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMulch can host pillbugs, beetles, and ants — normal garden bugs. Termites specifically need wood-to-soil contact AND a moisture source. Keep mulch 12\"+ away from siding and foundations to be safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick should Black Mulch be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2–3\" for refresh; 3–4\" for new beds. Going thicker than 4\" can suffocate roots and create anaerobic conditions where mulch sits against the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 600–800 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order required. We deliver across our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e service area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/loam\"\u003escreened topsoil loam\u003c\/a\u003e if you're starting new beds, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/red-cedar-mulch\"\u003ered cedar mulch\u003c\/a\u003e if you'd rather go natural.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today and give your beds, borders, and tree rings a clean, modern finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the black dye safe for plants and pets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — our colorant is environmentally safe and used on bagged mulches at major retailers. It does not leach into soil or harm plants when used as directed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does Black Mulch hold its color?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Typically 1 season with deep color, then fades to a softer dark gray-brown. Most homeowners refresh annually for the crisp look.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does mulch attract bugs or termites?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mulch can host pillbugs, beetles, and ants. Termites need wood-to-soil contact and a moisture source. Keep mulch 12+ inches away from siding and foundations.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How thick should Black Mulch be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2-3 inches for refresh; 3-4 inches for new beds. Going thicker than 4 inches can suffocate roots.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 600 to 800 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174460707044,"sku":"1002","price":58.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Black-Mulch.png?v=1743018360"},{"product_id":"surge-stone","title":"Rip Rap 6\"-12\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRip Rap 6\"–12\" — Heavy Erosion Control \u0026amp; Drainage Armor Stone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRip Rap 6\"–12\" is the bulky, angular armor stone contractors use when a project calls for slowing water down, holding soil in place, or armoring a shoreline against wave action. It is the muscle behind erosion-control projects, drainage swales that have to handle big flow, and the kind of major-grade civil and landscape work where smaller stone simply gets washed away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge angular crushed stone — interlocking placement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\"–12\" stones, hand-graded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~30 sq ft at 12\" depth (typical install)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800–3,000 lbs\/yd³ (~1.4–1.5 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurge stone, armor stone, MassDOT M2.02.3 Class A2, Class B Rip Rap, shoreline rock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlope erosion control and steep-bank stabilization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrainage swales and culvert outlets that handle high flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePond and shoreline armoring against wave erosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty foundation drainage and dry well construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway sub-base in soft, wet, or unstable soil where a heavy keyed-in foundation is required before crushed stone goes down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 100' shoreline armoring run 4' wide at 12\" thick, plan on about 14.8 cubic yards. A drainage swale 50' long × 6' wide at 12\" needs about 11 yards. For driveway sub-base over soft ground, plan a 12\" lift across the failing area, then cap with 4–6\" of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/gray-granite-1-5\"\u003eGray Granite 1.5\"\u003c\/a\u003e. Always lay rip rap on filter fabric to prevent soil migration up through the stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Rip Rap compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite 1.5\":\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5\" is the transition stone between Rip Rap and fine drainage. Rip Rap is the armor; 1.5\" sits on top as the secondary layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Creek Stone 2\"–3\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Creek Stone is decorative tumbled river stone (smooth). Rip Rap is angular crushed stone for functional armor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Boulders:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boulders are placed individually as focal points (12\"+ each). Rip Rap is bulk material spread across an area for armor coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. #4 Stone:\u003c\/strong\u003e #4 is 1.5\" clean drainage stone — the layer below Rip Rap when both are used together in heavy drainage installs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Rip Rap 6\"–12\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErosion control on slopes, shorelines, and drainage outfalls. Heavy-duty drainage where smaller stone would wash away. Driveway sub-base over very soft or wet soils that need a heavy keyed-in foundation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need filter fabric under Rip Rap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStrongly recommended. Non-woven geotextile fabric under Rip Rap prevents soil from migrating up between the stones (which compromises the install). Fabric doubles the lifespan of erosion-control work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spec class is this Rip Rap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur 6\"–12\" Rip Rap aligns with MassDOT M2.02.3 Class A2 Stone for Slope Protection \/ Class B Rip Rap in civil specs. Confirm with your engineer for permit-specified installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick does Rip Rap need to be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12\" minimum for proper erosion armor. Lighter applications fail under flow. For thicker shoreline applications, 18–24\" depending on wave energy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800–3,000 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4–1.5 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver Rip Rap 6\"–12\" across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/gray-granite-1-5\"\u003eGray Granite 1.5\"\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e as the secondary drainage and base layer above the rip rap, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/coarse-sand\"\u003eCoarse Sand\u003c\/a\u003e for filter-bedding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the heavy 6\"–12\" rip rap for erosion control, driveway sub-base, and drainage projects that demand serious stone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Rip Rap 6-12 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Erosion control on slopes, shorelines, and drainage outfalls. Heavy-duty drainage where smaller stone would wash away. Driveway sub-base over very soft or wet soils.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need filter fabric under Rip Rap?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Strongly recommended. Non-woven geotextile fabric under Rip Rap prevents soil from migrating up between the stones. Fabric doubles the lifespan of erosion-control work.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What spec class is this Rip Rap?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Our 6-12 inch Rip Rap aligns with MassDOT M2.02.3 Class A2 Stone for Slope Protection \/ Class B Rip Rap. Confirm with your engineer for permit-specified installations.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How thick does Rip Rap need to be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"12 inches minimum for proper erosion armor. Lighter applications fail under flow. For shoreline applications, 18-24 inches depending on wave energy.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800-3,000 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4-1.5 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174462836964,"sku":"4090","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Surge-Stone-Rocks.png?v=1743018455"},{"product_id":"riverbed-0-25","title":"Riverbed ¼\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRiverbed ¼\" — Smooth, River-Tumbled Stone for Decorative Detail\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRiverbed ¼\" is naturally tumbled stone with the rounded edges and varied earth tones that crushed gravel just can't fake — stone that looks like it was lifted out of a New Hampshire stream bed. It's the small-format pick for top-dressing planters, finishing decorative beds, and adding texture where smooth-stone visual matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaturally tumbled river stone, mixed earth tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¼\" nominal — smooth, rounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800 lbs\/yd³ (~1.4 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePea gravel, fine river rock, planter top-dress stone, aquarium gravel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContainer top-dressing in pots, planters, and trough plantings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium and water feature decorative substrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine-detail decorative bed top-dressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePet-friendly walkway surfaces (smooth on paws)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 100 sq ft decorative bed top-dressed at 2\" depth needs about 0.62 cubic yards. For container plantings, 1 yard tops 50–75 medium-sized pots at 1\" depth. A small water feature reservoir 30\" × 30\" × 6\" deep takes less than a wheelbarrow load (about 0.14 yards).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Riverbed ¼\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ⅜\" is slightly chunkier — better for walkways. ¼\" is the planter top-dress and fine-detail size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Brown Riverbed ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown Riverbed is the consistent warm-brown tone. Mixed Riverbed ¼\" includes tan, gray, brown, and earth tones together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pea Gravel (generic):\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Pea gravel\" varies by yard. Our ¼\" Riverbed is graded tumbled river stone with consistent shape and mixed natural colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone Dust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone dust is angular fines that compact tight. ¼\" Riverbed is smooth round stones that stay loose. Very different feels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Riverbed ¼\" the same as pea gravel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — \"pea gravel\" is the common name for any small smooth rounded stone in the ¼–½\" range. Our Riverbed ¼\" is exactly that, with the New England mixed-earth-tone palette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Riverbed ¼\" in an aquarium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it's natural tumbled stone (not treated or dyed). Rinse thoroughly before use to remove sediment. Safe for freshwater tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Riverbed ¼\" scatter underfoot on a walkway?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSome, yes. Smooth round stones can roll under shoes more than angular crushed stone. Use edging or borders to contain it, or stick to walking-style \"pad\" applications where the stone is just for the look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I top-dress a container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1\" is typical — covers the soil surface, keeps it from splashing during watering, and looks intentional. More than 2\" wastes stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver riverbed across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-375\"\u003eriverbed ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e for slightly chunkier coverage in the same family, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/horticultural-soil-mix\"\u003ehorticultural soil mix\u003c\/a\u003e for the planter substrate beneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the small-format smooth stone for decorative detail and container finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Riverbed 1\/4 inch the same as pea gravel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Pea gravel is the common name for any small smooth rounded stone in the 1\/4 to 1\/2 inch range. Our Riverbed 1\/4 inch is exactly that, with the New England mixed-earth-tone palette.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Riverbed 1\/4 inch in an aquarium?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — it is natural tumbled stone, not treated or dyed. Rinse thoroughly before use to remove sediment. Safe for freshwater tanks.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it scatter underfoot on a walkway?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Some, yes. Smooth round stones roll under shoes more than angular crushed stone. Use edging to contain it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I top-dress a container?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1 inch is typical. Covers the soil surface, keeps it from splashing during watering, and looks intentional.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174469554404,"sku":"4060","price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Riverbed-Rock-0.25.png?v=1743018652"},{"product_id":"riverbed-0-375","title":"Riverbed ⅜\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRiverbed ⅜\" — Smooth Stone for Walkways \u0026amp; Decorative Ground Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRiverbed ⅜\" is the just-right size for garden walkways and decorative beds where the smooth, natural-stone look is the whole point. Tumbled rounded edges, mixed earth-tone palette — this is the stone homeowners pick when they want something that looks like nature put it there, not a quarry truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaturally tumbled river stone, mixed earth tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⅜\" nominal — smooth, rounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePea gravel, river rock, walkway pebble, pet-friendly path stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden walkways and side paths in naturalized landscapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry creek bed accent fill alongside larger riverbed sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative ground cover in beds where smooth stone looks intentional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePet-friendly surfaces and barefoot-friendly garden zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 4' × 25' garden walkway at 3\" depth needs about 0.93 cubic yards. For a 200 sq ft decorative bed at 3\", plan on about 1.85 yards. Dry creek bed accent layer typically takes about 50% less material than full ground cover — so 200 sq ft of accent fill runs roughly 0.9 yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Riverbed ⅜\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ¼\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ¼\" is the smaller container top-dress size. ⅜\" is the walkway and decorative-cover sweet spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ¾\" is bolder, used as the main fill in dry creek beds. ⅜\" is the finer accent layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray Granite is angular crushed stone (locks underfoot). Riverbed ⅜\" is smooth tumbled (rolls slightly). Different feels and visual moods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Brown Riverbed ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown Riverbed is consistent warm-brown only. Riverbed ⅜\" has mixed earth tones (tan, gray, brown together).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Riverbed ⅜\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGarden walkways, dry creek bed accent layers, decorative ground cover in beds, and pet\/barefoot-friendly garden surfaces. It's the all-purpose smooth-stone size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the stones scatter under foot traffic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSome movement is normal with rounded stone. Use edging or borders along walkways to contain it, and tamp lightly after spreading for a more settled look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Riverbed ⅜\" safe for dogs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — smooth tumbled stone is paw-friendly. Some dogs do chew on small stones, so monitor a new puppy around any ground cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Riverbed compare to crushed pea gravel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"Crushed pea gravel\" is sometimes sold but technically a contradiction — true pea gravel is rounded river stone. Our Riverbed ⅜\" is the genuine smooth-tumbled article.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run riverbed across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-75\"\u003eriverbed ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for chunkier coverage on the same project, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-25\"\u003eriverbed ¼\"\u003c\/a\u003e for fine-detail accent fill alongside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the smooth garden stone that looks like nature dropped it there.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Riverbed 3\/8 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Garden walkways, dry creek bed accent layers, decorative ground cover in beds, and pet and barefoot-friendly garden surfaces.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the stones scatter under foot traffic?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Some movement is normal with rounded stone. Use edging along walkways to contain it, and tamp lightly after spreading.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Riverbed 3\/8 inch safe for dogs?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — smooth tumbled stone is paw-friendly. Some dogs do chew on small stones, so monitor a new puppy around any ground cover.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does it compare to crushed pea gravel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"True pea gravel is rounded river stone. Our Riverbed 3\/8 inch is the genuine smooth-tumbled article.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174480007396,"sku":"4061","price":97.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Riverbed-Rock-0.375.png?v=1743018883"},{"product_id":"riverbed-1-5","title":"Riverbed 1.5\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRiverbed 1.5\" — Bold Smooth Stone for Statement Landscape Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRiverbed 1.5\" is the bold-format smooth stone for landscapes that want to make a visual statement. Larger tumbled stones with that authentic streambed character — the kind that anchor dry creek beds, define water-feature aprons, and give modern xeriscapes the structural look that smaller stone sizes just don't deliver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaturally tumbled river stone, mixed earth tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5\" nominal — smooth, larger format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~65 sq ft at 5\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge river rock, anchor stone, dry creek anchor, statement river stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold dry creek bed installations as the structural \"big stone\" layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater feature aprons and pond surrounds where statement stone matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern xeriscape and low-water landscape statement features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRock garden anchor stones and feature accents around boulders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 4' × 30' dry creek bed using 1.5\" as the main structural layer needs about 1.85 cubic yards (5\" depth, looking layered and intentional). For a pond apron 24\" wide × 40' long, plan on about 1.5 yards. Always specify a deeper depth with larger stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Riverbed 1.5\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ¾\" is the medium fill; 1.5\" is the structural anchor stone above it. Use both for layered creek beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Creek Stone 2\"–3\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Creek Stone is even larger, used as the boldest anchors. 1.5\" sits between ¾\" fill and Creek Stone anchors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite 1.5\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray Granite 1.5\" is angular crushed for drainage. Riverbed 1.5\" is smooth tumbled for decorative landscapes. Different jobs entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Rip Rap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rip Rap is 6\"–12\"+ for erosion control. Riverbed 1.5\" is statement landscape stone, not functional armor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Riverbed 1.5\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bold structural layer in dry creek beds, water-feature aprons, modern xeriscape statement areas, and rock garden anchor stones. Reserved for landscape features that need visual weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I lay 1.5\" Riverbed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4–6 inches minimum. Larger stones need depth to look layered and natural; thin layers expose the soil and break the streambed illusion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill 1.5\" Riverbed roll under foot traffic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLess than smaller riverbed sizes because the stones are heavier. Still, it's a decorative stone, not a walking surface — use as anchors and accents, not as paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I sculpt a dry creek bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSet 1.5\" Riverbed as the bottom layer with stones piled into shallow mounds at 4–6\" depth. Add Creek Stone 2\"–3\" as occasional anchor boulders. Fill between with Riverbed ⅜\" or ¾\" for variation. Edges look most natural when stones get smaller toward the borders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver bold riverbed across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-75\"\u003eriverbed ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for the medium fill layer between the larger stones, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/creek-stone-2-3\"\u003ecreek stone 2\"–3\"\u003c\/a\u003e when even bolder anchor stones are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the bold smooth stone for landscape features that command attention.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Riverbed 1.5 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bold structural layer in dry creek beds, water-feature aprons, modern xeriscape statement areas, and rock garden anchor stones.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I lay it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4-6 inches minimum. Larger stones need depth to look layered and natural; thin layers expose the soil and break the streambed illusion.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it roll under foot traffic?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Less than smaller riverbed sizes because the stones are heavier. Still, it is a decorative stone, not a walking surface.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I sculpt a dry creek bed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Set 1.5 inch Riverbed as the bottom layer in shallow mounds at 4-6 inch depth. Add Creek Stone 2-3 inch as occasional anchor boulders. Fill between with Riverbed 3\/8 or 3\/4 inch for variation.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174487216356,"sku":"4063","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Riverbed-Rock-1.5-Inch.png?v=1743018923"},{"product_id":"crushed-concrete-1-to-minus","title":"Crushed Concrete 1\" to minus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrushed Concrete 1\" to Minus — Recycled Base Material That Compacts Hard \u0026amp; Saves Money\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrushed Concrete 1\" to Minus is the eco-smart, budget-smart alternative to virgin crushed stone for base layers and structural fill. Made from recycled and crushed concrete, it compacts harder than most natural stone (the residual cement particles re-bond when wet), goes down at a friendlier price per yard, and keeps demolition material out of landfills. Driveway re-bases, parking pad construction, and barn-pad work all live happily on crushed concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecycled, crushed concrete (RCA — Recycled Concrete Aggregate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" to dust — dense graded for compaction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (compacted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,400–2,700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRCA, recycled aggregate, recycled base, crushed concrete base, eco-base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway re-bases and gravel-driveway top coats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParking pad construction and equipment storage surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBarn pads, paddock perimeter footing, and rural utility surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompacted structural fill on grading and earthwork projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 600 sq ft driveway re-base at 4\" depth, plan on about 7.4 cubic yards. A 20' × 30' parking pad at 4\" needs roughly 7.4 yards. Always compact in 2–3 inch lifts with a plate compactor or roller for best long-term performance — the cement re-bond is what makes this material so structurally sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Crushed Concrete compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Dense Pack ¾\" \/ #610:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dense Pack is virgin crushed granite. Crushed Concrete is the recycled equivalent — lighter on the wallet, slightly lower bearing capacity but plenty for residential use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray Granite is clean (no fines, drains). Crushed Concrete is dense-graded with fines that re-bond when wet. Different jobs — concrete for base, granite for finish\/drainage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Processed Gravel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crushed Concrete is sometimes used interchangeably with processed gravel for base material. Concrete is more eco-friendly and often cheaper; gravel is the traditional pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Rip Rap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rip Rap is for erosion control and slope stabilization (large angular stone). Crushed Concrete is for compacted base layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Crushed Concrete as strong as virgin crushed stone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor residential applications, yes. It actually compacts harder than virgin stone because residual cement re-bonds when wet. For heavy commercial\/highway specs, virgin stone is required — but for driveways, parking pads, and most landscape jobs, RCA is plenty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Crushed Concrete leach into the soil or affect pH?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can slightly raise local soil pH over years of contact — similar to how a concrete sidewalk affects adjacent soil. Not a concern for driveways or pads; avoid using directly around acid-loving plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Crushed Concrete have rebar or trash in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Quality crushed concrete is processed to remove rebar, mesh, and contaminants. Our supply is clean processed RCA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick should a crushed concrete driveway base be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4–6 inches compacted for residential driveways. 8\" for vehicular traffic over soft soils. Always lift-and-compact in 2–3\" passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,400–2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver crushed concrete across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e when virgin stone is required by the job spec, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/gray-granite-0-75\"\u003egray granite ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for the finished top coat over the recycled base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the eco-friendly base material that's tougher and cheaper than virgin stone.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Crushed Concrete as strong as virgin crushed stone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For residential applications, yes. It actually compacts harder than virgin stone because residual cement re-bonds when wet. For heavy commercial or highway specs, virgin stone is required.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will Crushed Concrete affect soil pH?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It can slightly raise local soil pH over years of contact. Not a concern for driveways or pads; avoid using directly around acid-loving plants.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Crushed Concrete have rebar or trash in it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Quality crushed concrete is processed to remove rebar, mesh, and contaminants. Our supply is clean processed RCA.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How thick should a crushed concrete driveway base be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4-6 inches compacted for residential driveways. 8 inches for vehicular traffic over soft soils. Always lift-and-compact in 2-3 inch passes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,400 to 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46174507335908,"sku":"4004","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Crushed-Concrete-0.png?v=1743020776"},{"product_id":"loam","title":"Loam (Screened)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoam (Screened) — Balanced ½\" Screened Loam for Lawns \u0026amp; Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoam is the soil texture class with the ideal balance — sand for drainage, silt for nutrient hold, clay for structure. Our ½\"-screened loam is the workhorse soil for new lawns, garden beds, leveling projects, and landscape work across Greater Boston. Bulk delivery by the cubic yard, no bags, no minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½\"-screened loam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTexture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSand-silt-clay balanced (USDA loam class)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic content\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–7% by weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epH range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.0–7.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,000–2,400 lbs\/yd³ (~1.0–1.2 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreened loam, residential loam, lawn loam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNew lawn establishment\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4\" minimum for sod, 4–6\" for seed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden bed preparation\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix 1:1 with compost for vegetable beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling low spots\u003c\/strong\u003e in existing lawns and yards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeveling\u003c\/strong\u003e uneven turf before sod or seed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-dressing\u003c\/strong\u003e tired turf to revive thin lawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTree and shrub planting\u003c\/strong\u003e backfill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight grading\u003c\/strong\u003e on landscape projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much loam do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003e1,000 sq ft new lawn\u003c\/strong\u003e at 4\" depth, plan on about \u003cstrong\u003e12 cubic yards\u003c\/strong\u003e. For a \u003cstrong\u003e4' × 8' raised garden bed\u003c\/strong\u003e 12\" deep, you're looking at \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 cubic yards\u003c\/strong\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003efilling low spots\u003c\/strong\u003e on a typical residential yard, 2–3 cubic yards usually covers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb: 1 cubic yard covers about 100 square feet at 3\" depth, or 75 sq ft at 4\". Order 10% extra for settling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Loam (Screened) compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/topsoil\"\u003eTopsoil (Screened)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Same physical material. \"Loam\" is the technical name landscapers use for balanced soil; \"Topsoil\" is the everyday term. Pick whichever name you're more comfortable searching for — they're the same product at the same price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/site-loam\"\u003eSite Loam (Mass DOT M1.04.0)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Same physical material. Site Loam is the spec-compliant listing for public-works projects requiring M1.04.0 documentation. Loam (Screened) is the residential listing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/super-loam\"\u003eSuper Loam\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Super Loam is premium-grade with higher organic content for perfectionists. Regular screened loam is the industry-standard balance — gets the job done at a better price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/garden-soil-mix\"\u003eGarden Soil Mix\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Garden Soil Mix is pre-amended with peat and compost for raised beds and vegetable production. Loam is straight loam — what you want under turf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fill-dirt\"\u003eFill Dirt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fill dirt is structural fill for raising grade. Loam is topsoil for growing plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between Loam and Topsoil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAt our yard, they're the same physical product. \"Loam\" technically refers to soil texture (balanced sand-silt-clay), while \"Topsoil\" refers to the upper organic-rich layer of soil. In residential landscaping, the terms are used interchangeably. We sell both names so search engines can find us either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs your loam really screened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — every load runs through a ½\" screen to remove rocks, roots, and debris. You'll find occasional small pebbles (under ½\"), but no surprise rocks or organic chunks that would interfere with seed germination or sod installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the pH and organic content?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003epH typically ranges 6.0–7.5 (turfgrass sweet spot). Organic content runs 3–7% by weight — enough to support lawn establishment without being so high that drainage suffers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I install loam for a new lawn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4\" minimum for sod installation. For seed establishment, 4–6\" is ideal. For top-dressing existing turf, a ½\" to 1\" layer is plenty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I plant a vegetable garden directly in this loam?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can, but you'll get better results blending it 1:1 with our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/compost\"\u003eCompost\u003c\/a\u003e or just using \u003ca href=\"\/products\/garden-soil-mix\"\u003eGarden Soil Mix\u003c\/a\u003e which is pre-amended for vegetable production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. $100 flat-rate, no minimum order, no bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run Loam across \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/compost\"\u003eCompost\u003c\/a\u003e for vegetable gardens, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/super-loam\"\u003eSuper Loam\u003c\/a\u003e for premium turf installs, or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fill-dirt\"\u003eFill Dirt\u003c\/a\u003e for raising grade before laying loam on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder screened loam today — bulk delivery, no bags, no minimum, the workhorse soil for lawns and gardens.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What's the difference between Loam and Topsoil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"At our yard, they're the same physical product. Loam technically refers to soil texture (balanced sand-silt-clay), while Topsoil refers to the upper organic-rich layer of soil. In residential landscaping the terms are used interchangeably.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is your loam really screened?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every load runs through a half-inch screen to remove rocks, roots, and debris.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What's the pH and organic content?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"pH typically ranges 6.0 to 7.5. Organic content runs 3 to 7 percent by weight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I install loam for a new lawn?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4 inches minimum for sod, 4 to 6 inches for seed establishment, half-inch to 1 inch for top-dressing existing turf.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I plant vegetables directly in this loam?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"You can, but you'll get better results blending it 1:1 with compost, or using Garden Soil Mix which is pre-amended for vegetables.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47391124160740,"sku":"3001","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Loam.png?v=1743019959"},{"product_id":"dense-pack-075-to-minus","title":"Dense Pack ¾\" to minus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to Minus — The Engineered Base That Locks Hardscape Down for Decades\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAlso sold as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/610-stone\" title=\"#610 Stone (Dense-Graded Granite Base)\"\u003e#610 Stone (Dense-Graded Granite Base)\u003c\/a\u003e — the contractor spec name for the same material (Mass DOT M1.03.1 \/ AASHTO M147).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to Minus is the angular crushed stone-and-fines blend that's purpose-built for compaction. The angular faces lock together under a plate compactor, the fines fill every void between the larger stones, and the whole layer becomes essentially a solid — the kind of base that keeps pavers from settling, retaining walls from leaning, and patios from heaving every spring. If hardscape is going on top, dense pack goes on bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite + granite fines, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" to dust — continuous gradation for tight compaction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (compacted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700–2,800 lbs\/yd³ (~1.35–1.4 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#610 stone, crusher run, ABC stone, dense grade aggregate, processed gravel, road base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompacted base under interlocking pavers, flagstone, and patio stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining wall footings and segmental block wall foundations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalkway sub-base where settling can't be allowed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway sub-base under finish gravel or asphalt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 200 sq ft paver patio with a 4\" compacted base, plan on about 2.5 cubic yards. ICPI guidelines recommend 6\" of dense pack for residential pedestrian use and 8\"+ for vehicular — so a 600 sq ft driveway base at 8\" runs about 14.8 yards. Always compact in 2–3\" lifts with a plate compactor for proper density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Dense Pack ¾\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Same material family but Dense Pack has fines mixed in for compaction. Gray Granite ¾\" is clean for drainage and finish. Stack: Dense Pack underneath, Gray Granite on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Crushed Concrete 1\" to minus:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crushed concrete is the recycled equivalent — lighter on the wallet, slightly lower bearing capacity. Dense Pack is the virgin-aggregate spec.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. #57 Stone:\u003c\/strong\u003e #57 is clean (drains). Dense Pack is dense-graded (compacts). Use Dense Pack where compaction matters; use #57 where drainage matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone Dust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone dust is just the fines, no top stone. Dense Pack is the full top-to-fines blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dense Pack ¾\" to minus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dense-graded crushed granite blend with a continuous gradation from ¾\" stone down to dust. Designed to compact tight under a plate compactor and form a near-solid base layer for hardscape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dense Pack the same as crusher run or #610?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEssentially yes. \"Crusher run\" is the colloquial yard-supply name; \"#610\" or \"Mass DOT M1.03.1 dense-graded base\" is the spec name on engineered drawings. Same product family, regional naming differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick should a Dense Pack paver base be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pedestrian patios and walkways, 4–6\" compacted in 2–3\" lifts. For driveways and vehicular use, 6–8\" compacted. Always compact each lift before adding the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Dense Pack drain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlowly. The fines pack tight, so it sheds water across the surface rather than absorbing it. That's a feature for a base layer (no settling) but a bug for drainage trenches — use clean #57 or Gray Granite ¾\" for drainage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of Dense Pack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700–2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35–1.4 tons. Slightly heavier than clean ¾\" because of the fines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver Dense Pack in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver dense pack across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/concrete-sand\"\u003econcrete sand\u003c\/a\u003e for the 1\" bedding layer above the compacted base, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/crushed-concrete-1-to-minus\"\u003ecrushed concrete 1\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e when recycled base is acceptable for the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the engineered base that keeps hardscape locked down for decades.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Dense Pack 3\/4 inch to minus?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A dense-graded crushed granite blend with a continuous gradation from 3\/4 inch stone down to dust. Designed to compact tight under a plate compactor and form a near-solid base for hardscape.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Dense Pack the same as crusher run or #610?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Essentially yes. Crusher run is the colloquial yard-supply name; #610 or Mass DOT M1.03.1 dense-graded base is the spec name on engineered drawings.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How thick should a Dense Pack paver base be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For pedestrian patios and walkways, 4-6 inches compacted in 2-3 inch lifts. For driveways and vehicular use, 6-8 inches compacted.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Dense Pack drain?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Slowly. The fines pack tight, so it sheds water across the surface rather than absorbing it. For drainage trenches, use clean #57 or Gray Granite 3\/4 inch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700-2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35-1.4 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver Dense Pack in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46284805144804,"sku":"4005","price":76.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Dense-Pack-0.75.png?v=1743018258"},{"product_id":"compost","title":"Compost","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompost — Organic Soil Conditioner That Wakes Up Tired Soil\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Compost is fully decomposed organic matter screened to a uniform texture and ready to spread. It's the secret weapon for tired lawns that won't green up no matter how much you fertilize, and the foundation New England gardeners build into raised beds when they want vegetables to actually produce. Living soil grows healthy plants — compost is what makes soil come alive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully decomposed, screened organic matter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~650 sq ft at 0.5\" lawn top-dress depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,200–1,500 lbs\/yd³ (lighter than topsoil)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack gold, compost amendment, screened compost, soil conditioner, organic top-dress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLawn top-dressing in spring or fall to thicken turf and improve soil biology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmending raised garden beds and vegetable gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosening heavy clay soil and improving moisture retention in sandy soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTree and shrub planting backfill, where strong root development matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor lawn top-dressing, 1 yard covers about 650 sq ft at 0.5\" depth — the gold-standard application rate. For amending a 4' × 8' raised bed, mix 0.4 cubic yards into the existing soil. New garden bed going in fresh? Plan on 1–2 inches of compost worked into the top 6\" of soil before planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Compost compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Topsoil Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Topsoil is the mineral soil structure. Compost is the organic amendment you ADD to topsoil. Different roles — use both together for best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Super Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Super Loam already has compost blended in. If starting fresh, Super Loam saves a step. If amending existing soil, compost-on-top is the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Garden Soil Mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Soil Mix has organic matter as part of a ready-to-plant blend. Compost is pure amendment — you decide how much to add.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mulch sits on top of soil to suppress weeds and retain moisture. Compost gets mixed INTO soil to feed plants. Different products, different jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the best time to top-dress a lawn with compost?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEarly spring or early fall, after aerating, at 0.25–0.5\" thick. Both seasons work; spring kick-starts the season, fall feeds the roots heading into winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much compost for a 4×8 raised bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor amending existing soil, 0.4 cubic yards mixed in. For top-dressing an established bed, 1–2\" — about 0.07 yards. Compost works hardest when mixed in, not piled on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill compost smell?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProperly finished compost smells like rich forest soil — earthy and neutral. Anything that smells sour, sulfurous, or ammoniated is incomplete compost and should be aged longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes compost add nitrogen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, gradually — typically 1–2% nitrogen by weight, released slowly as soil microbes work it. Not a fast-acting fertilizer; compost is a soil-biology builder more than a feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 1,200–1,500 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run compost across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/loam\"\u003escreened topsoil loam\u003c\/a\u003e for new lawn or grading work, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/garden-soil-mix\"\u003egarden soil mix\u003c\/a\u003e when you want a ready-to-plant blend instead of building it yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the organic boost your soil has been asking for.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the best time to top-dress a lawn with compost?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Early spring or early fall, after aerating, at 0.25 to 0.5 inch thick. Both seasons work.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much compost for a 4 by 8 raised bed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For amending existing soil, 0.4 cubic yards mixed in. For top-dressing an established bed, 1-2 inches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will compost smell?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Properly finished compost smells like rich forest soil — earthy and neutral. Anything sour or sulfurous is incomplete compost.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does compost add nitrogen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, gradually — typically 1-2% nitrogen by weight, released slowly as soil microbes work it. Not a fast-acting fertilizer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 1,200 to 1,500 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46324371423460,"sku":"3004","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/compost_78ebded2-4a1f-42b9-8a2b-b9668db837f7.png?v=1750396817"},{"product_id":"riverbed-0-75","title":"Riverbed ¾\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRiverbed ¾\" — Smooth, Tumbled Stone for Dry Creek Beds \u0026amp; Pond Edges\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRiverbed ¾\" is the medium-format smooth stone that brings that authentic dry-stream-bed look to a yard. Tumbled rounded edges, mixed natural color palette, and just enough heft that it stays put through rain runoff. It's the size most landscape designers spec for the main fill in dry creek beds, the decorative apron around pond features, and bold ground cover where the rocks need to read as rocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaturally tumbled river stone, mixed earth tones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" nominal — smooth, rounded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (decorative)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800 lbs\/yd³ (~1.4 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRiver rock, creek pebble, dry creek bed stone, pond apron stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry creek beds and seasonal water-channel landscaping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative borders around pond features and water gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold ground cover in xeriscape and low-water landscape designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStepping-stone path infill where smooth, natural stone reads better than crushed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3' × 25' dry creek bed at 4\" depth needs about 0.93 cubic yards (more if you stack stones for a sculpted look). For a pond border 18\" wide × 50' long × 4\" deep, plan on about 0.93 yards. Bold decorative ground cover at 4\" depth covers ~80 sq ft per yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Riverbed ¾\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ⅜\" is the finer accent fill. ¾\" is the main structural stone for dry creek beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed 1.5\":\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5\" is bolder still — used as anchor stones in larger dry creek installations. ¾\" is the main-fill workhorse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Creek Stone 2\"–3\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Creek Stone is the largest format — used as anchor stones at the head of a creek bed feature. ¾\" is the fill between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray Granite is angular crushed (driveways, base material). Riverbed ¾\" is smooth tumbled (decorative, naturalized). Completely different aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Riverbed ¾\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMostly four jobs: the main fill layer in dry creek beds, decorative borders around ponds and water features, bold ground cover in xeriscape designs, and infill between stepping stones on naturalized paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I lay Riverbed ¾\" in a dry creek bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4–6 inches for a substantial look. The depth lets you stack and sculpt stones into mounds that mimic real stream beds; thin layers look stranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Riverbed ¾\" stay put on a slope?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmooth rounded stone can roll on slopes. For sloped applications, set larger anchor stones (Riverbed 1.5\" or Creek Stone) periodically to break up runoff, then fill between with ¾\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Riverbed ¾\" around a fish pond?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — natural river stone won't affect water chemistry. Avoid limestone or marble near ponds (they raise pH).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver ¾\" riverbed across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-1-5\"\u003eriverbed 1.5\"\u003c\/a\u003e for boulder-sized accent stones on the same dry creek bed, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-375\"\u003eriverbed ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e for finer accent fill between the larger stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the smooth medium stone that brings dry creek beds to life.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Riverbed 3\/4 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The main fill layer in dry creek beds, decorative borders around ponds and water features, bold ground cover in xeriscape designs, and infill between stepping stones.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I lay it in a dry creek bed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4-6 inches for a substantial look. The depth lets you stack and sculpt stones into mounds that mimic real stream beds.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will Riverbed 3\/4 inch stay put on a slope?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Smooth rounded stone can roll on slopes. Set larger anchor stones (Riverbed 1.5 inch or Creek Stone) periodically to break up runoff, then fill between with 3\/4 inch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use it around a fish pond?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — natural river stone will not affect water chemistry. Avoid limestone or marble near ponds (they raise pH).\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46367102468324,"sku":"4062","price":95.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/RiverbedRock275.png?v=1748791399"},{"product_id":"hemlock-mulch","title":"Hemlock Mulch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHemlock Mulch — Natural Reddish-Brown Bark Mulch, No Dye\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Hemlock Mulch is the New England classic — uncolored, double-ground hemlock bark with a deep reddish-brown tone that comes from the wood itself, not a dye. Homeowners who want a natural, earthy look (and who'd rather skip colorant altogether) reach for hemlock. It ages softly to a silvery gray and gives garden beds that lived-in, settled character year over year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-ground hemlock bark — no dye, no colorant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~500–700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural hemlock, undyed mulch, brown bark mulch, New England hemlock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation plantings, garden beds, and natural-style yards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround shrubs and perennials where a soft, organic look matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperties that want mulch without any dye or colorant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooded edges, trail borders, and informal landscapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 200 sq ft bed at a fresh 3\" depth takes about 2 cubic yards. For a refresh on existing mulch, 1–2 inches on top is plenty — one yard will cover 150–300 sq ft depending on the top-up depth you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Hemlock Mulch compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Black Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black is dyed for high-contrast modern look. Hemlock is natural reddish-brown — softer, settles in over time, no colorant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Red Cedar Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cedar holds color longer (because of natural oils) but costs more. Hemlock fades to silvery gray; cedar holds the warm tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pine Bark Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pine Bark is chunkier — better for slopes. Hemlock is finer-textured and looks more refined in front beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Brown Riverbed (stone):\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone is permanent; mulch is annual. Hemlock if you want soft and organic; Brown Riverbed if you want low-maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Hemlock Mulch acidic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlightly, like most softwood bark mulches. Generally not enough to affect garden plants meaningfully — acid-loving plants (blueberries, azaleas, rhododendrons) actually love it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill hemlock mulch fade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — to a soft silvery-gray over 1–2 seasons. Many homeowners actually prefer the aged look. To keep the reddish-brown fresh, top-dress 1\" annually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it OK around vegetable gardens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — undyed natural bark mulch is the preferred mulch for vegetable beds. Avoid dyed black or brown mulches around food crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Hemlock Mulch attract bugs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo more than any natural mulch. Keep 12\"+ from foundations and siding to discourage termites and carpenter ants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 500–700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run trucks across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/red-cedar-mulch\"\u003ered cedar mulch\u003c\/a\u003e for a similar natural look with a longer-lasting tone, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/compost\"\u003ecompost\u003c\/a\u003e to enrich the soil underneath before you mulch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today and give your beds the natural, settled look hemlock is known for.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Hemlock Mulch acidic?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Slightly, like most softwood bark mulches. Generally not enough to affect garden plants meaningfully — acid-loving plants like blueberries and azaleas actually love it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will hemlock mulch fade?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — to a soft silvery-gray over 1-2 seasons. Many homeowners prefer the aged look. To keep the reddish-brown fresh, top-dress 1 inch annually.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it OK around vegetable gardens?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — undyed natural bark mulch is the preferred mulch for vegetable beds. Avoid dyed mulches around food crops.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Hemlock Mulch attract bugs?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No more than any natural mulch. Keep 12+ inches from foundations and siding to discourage termites and carpenter ants.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 500 to 700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46385097572580,"sku":"1001","price":63.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Hemlock-Mulch.png?v=1749482832"},{"product_id":"playground-mulch","title":"Playground Mulch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlayground Mulch (Certified) — IPEMA-Certified Safety Surfacing for Play Areas\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Certified Playground Mulch is the same engineered wood fiber used at schools, daycares, and municipal parks — IPEMA-certified and ASTM F1292 fall-attenuation tested for use under play structures. It's processed to control splinters and metal contamination, then sized so it cushions falls without compacting into a hard pad. Homeowners building backyard play areas use the exact same material the certified guys do — because for kids, you don't compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered wood fiber (EWF) — controlled-size, splinter-managed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPEMA-certified, ASTM F1292 fall-attenuation tested\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9–12\" under play structures (per ASTM F1292)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~27 sq ft per yd³ at 12\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered wood fiber, EWF, playground chips, IPEMA mulch, safety surfacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard swing sets, play structures, and trampoline zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaycares, preschools, and home daycare outdoor areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSchools, parks, and municipal playgrounds requiring IPEMA-certified material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny installation that needs ASTM F1292-rated impact attenuation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 15' × 15' backyard play zone (225 sq ft) at the recommended 12\" depth, you'll want around 8.5 cubic yards. Many homeowners install at 9\" depth for residential use to stretch the material — that same 225 sq ft drops to ~6.3 cubic yards. Always confirm depth requirements with your play equipment manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Playground Mulch compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Regular Hardwood Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Decorative mulches are not safety-rated. Sticks, debris, and chunks of varying size create injury risks. Playground Mulch is processed for uniform safety performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Rubber Mulch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber lasts longer and has higher impact ratings, but costs 5–10x more per cubic yard and has environmental tradeoffs. Wood-fiber Playground Mulch is the standard for most playgrounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pea Gravel \/ Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both are approved playground surfaces per ASTM but with different fall-height ratings. Wood fiber is generally the easiest to install and most forgiving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Poured Rubber:\u003c\/strong\u003e Poured-in-place rubber is the premium permanent option — typically $20+ per sq ft installed. Playground Mulch is the cost-effective alternative for residential use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Playground Mulch IPEMA-certified?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — our supply carries IPEMA certification and meets ASTM F1292 fall-attenuation requirements. Required spec for schools, parks, and most insurance-rated playgrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep does playground mulch need to be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eASTM F1292 recommends 9–12\" depending on the fall height of your equipment. Refer to your play structure's manual for the specific spec. For backyard swing sets (typically 6–8' fall heights), 9\" is usually adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Playground Mulch compact over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt compacts about 25% in the first year, then stabilizes. Most playgrounds top-dress 2–4\" annually to maintain the safety-rated depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Playground Mulch safer than regular mulch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes for play areas — engineered wood fiber is processed to remove splinters and metal contamination, sized for fall attenuation. Regular landscape mulch isn't tested for either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 500–700 lbs per cubic yard (varies with moisture).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/pine-bark-mulch\"\u003epine bark mulch\u003c\/a\u003e for surrounding non-play landscape areas, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/fill-dirt\"\u003efill dirt\u003c\/a\u003e for grading and base prep before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the certified playground mulch that meets the safety spec out of the box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Playground Mulch IPEMA-certified?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — our supply carries IPEMA certification and meets ASTM F1292 fall-attenuation requirements. Required spec for schools, parks, and most insurance-rated playgrounds.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep does playground mulch need to be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"ASTM F1292 recommends 9-12 inches depending on the fall height of equipment. For backyard swing sets (6-8 foot fall heights), 9 inches is usually adequate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will Playground Mulch compact over time?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Compacts about 25% in the first year, then stabilizes. Most playgrounds top-dress 2-4 inches annually to maintain safety-rated depth.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Playground Mulch safer than regular mulch?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes for play areas — engineered wood fiber is processed to remove splinters and metal contamination, sized for fall attenuation. Regular landscape mulch is not tested for either.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 500 to 700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46403068788964,"sku":"1005","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Playground-Mulch.png?v=1750212744"},{"product_id":"horticultural-soil-mix","title":"Horticultural Soil","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHorticultural Soil Mix — Pro-Grade Blend for Serious Growers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHorticultural Soil Mix is the upgrade for gardeners and growers who want what nurseries use — a premium peat-based blend with vermiculite and perlite for the air pockets and water retention that root systems crave. It's lighter and more porous than a standard garden mix, which makes it the right call for container plantings, propagation work, and the kind of high-yield raised bed setups serious vegetable gardeners obsess over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSphagnum peat base + vermiculite + perlite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 yd³ ≈ 27 cubic feet of containers\/beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~800–1,200 lbs\/yd³ (lightest soil we carry)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNursery mix, container mix, potting soil (bulk), grower's mix, propagation mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContainer plantings, large pots, and decorative urns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlant propagation, seed-starting trays, and cutting beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised beds where serious yields and vigorous root growth are the goal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNursery production and small-scale commercial growing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 4' × 8' raised bed at 12\" deep takes about 1.2 cubic yards. Filling ten 24\" decorative pots? Plan on roughly 0.4 cubic yards. For nursery work, 1 yard fills about 200 1-gallon pots or 80 3-gallon pots, give or take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Horticultural Mix compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Garden Soil Mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Soil Mix is heavier and more balanced — better for in-bed vegetable gardening. Horticultural is lighter and peat-heavier — better for containers and propagation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Topsoil Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Topsoil is mineral soil for in-ground lawns and grading. Horticultural Mix is peat-based and engineered for containers; can't substitute one for the other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Bagged Potting Soil:\u003c\/strong\u003e Same product family, sold in bulk by the yard instead of bags. Much cheaper per cubic foot than retail bagged mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Compost:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compost is the pure organic amendment. Horticultural Mix is a complete container medium. Add compost to Horticultural Mix as a nutrient boost; it doesn't replace the mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Horticultural Soil Mix the same as bagged potting soil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame product family, bulk-delivered instead of bagged. The retail bagged stuff is convenient for small jobs; bulk Horticultural Mix is dramatically cheaper per cubic foot for anyone filling more than a few pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Horticultural Mix in raised beds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, especially for high-yield growers. It's lighter than Garden Soil Mix so it drains faster — pair with consistent watering. For typical home vegetable beds, Garden Soil Mix is easier maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is it so light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSphagnum peat is the bulk of the mix, and peat is incredibly low-density compared to mineral soil. Vermiculite and perlite add air pockets that further reduce weight. The lightness is a feature — roots need air, not weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does Horticultural Mix last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn containers, refresh annually — peat breaks down over the season and the mix shrinks. In raised beds, expect to top-dress 1–2\" of fresh mix each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 800–1,200 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver horticultural mix across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/compost\"\u003ecompost\u003c\/a\u003e for additional organic boost, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/garden-soil-mix\"\u003egarden soil mix\u003c\/a\u003e when a less specialized (and more economical) blend will do the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the pro-grade soil mix the nurseries trust.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Horticultural Soil Mix the same as bagged potting soil?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same product family, bulk-delivered instead of bagged. Bulk Horticultural Mix is dramatically cheaper per cubic foot than retail bagged.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use it in raised beds?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, especially for high-yield growers. It is lighter than Garden Soil Mix so it drains faster — pair with consistent watering.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why is it so light?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sphagnum peat is the bulk of the mix, and peat is low-density. Vermiculite and perlite add air pockets. The lightness is a feature — roots need air, not weight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does it last?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"In containers, refresh annually. In raised beds, top-dress 1-2 inches of fresh mix each spring.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 800 to 1,200 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46403081765092,"sku":"3005","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Hort-Soil-Mix.png?v=1750213513"},{"product_id":"concrete-sand","title":"Concrete Sand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConcrete Sand — ASTM C33-Grade Sand for Concrete, Mortar \u0026amp; Paver Bedding\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete Sand is the medium-grain washed sand that meets ASTM C33 — the spec for ready-mix concrete, mortar, and the bedding layer under interlocking pavers (per ICPI guidelines). Whether you're a homeowner pouring a small slab, a contractor batching mortar, or a paver installer who needs sand that locks in joints without floating, this is the workhorse pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium-grain washed silica sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeets ASTM C33 fine aggregate requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth (or ~300 sq ft at 1\" paver bedding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs\/yd³ (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eASTM C33 sand, C33 fine aggregate, paver bedding sand, ICPI bedding sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady-mix and bagged concrete batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrick, block, and stone mortar mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder-paver bedding (ICPI-spec interlocking concrete pavement)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoint sweep-in on permeable paver installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 100 sq ft of paver patio with the ICPI-recommended 1\" sand bedding, plan on about 0.31 cubic yards — round up to 0.5 yards to allow for screeding waste. For a 4\" thick concrete slab 10' × 10', you'll need about 0.62 yards of sand as part of the mix design (plus aggregate and cement).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Concrete Sand compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Mason Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mason sand is finer (ASTM C144) — for mortar, joint sweep, and sandboxes. Concrete sand is medium-grain (ASTM C33) — for concrete and paver bedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Paver Sand (Coarse Washed):\u003c\/strong\u003e Same product family. Some yards label coarser washed sand \"paver sand\"; the ASTM C33 spec is the technical name. Functionally equivalent for paver bedding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Septic Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Septic sand has a Title 5 gradation specific to leach fields. Concrete sand is the general-purpose engineered fine aggregate. Don't substitute septic for concrete or vice versa in spec'd jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone Dust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone dust is angular crushed fines. Concrete sand is round\/sub-angular natural sand. ICPI guidance now favors concrete sand over stone dust for paver bedding because it doesn't shift over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Concrete Sand the same as ASTM C33?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — our Concrete Sand meets the ASTM C33 fine aggregate gradation. When a spec calls for \"ASTM C33 sand\" or \"C33 fine aggregate,\" this is the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Concrete Sand for paver bedding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it's the ICPI-preferred bedding sand for interlocking concrete pavers. Spread 1\" thick over your compacted Dense Pack base, screed level, set pavers on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between Concrete Sand and Mason Sand for mortar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConcrete sand makes a stronger mortar but a slightly grittier finish. Mason sand is fine enough for smooth-finish joints. Most pros use mason sand for finish mortar work and concrete sand for ready-mix and structural applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much Concrete Sand do I need for a small concrete slab?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 10' × 10' × 4\" slab takes about 1.2 cubic yards of total mix (sand + aggregate + cement). Sand portion alone is about 0.62 yards. For bagged concrete, follow the bag's mix ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day delivery, no minimum order. We deliver concrete sand throughout \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/mason-sand\"\u003emason sand\u003c\/a\u003e for finer mortar work and joint applications, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for the compacted base under your bedding layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the spec-grade sand for concrete, mortar, and pro-grade paver work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Concrete Sand the same as ASTM C33?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — our Concrete Sand meets the ASTM C33 fine aggregate gradation. When a spec calls for ASTM C33 sand or C33 fine aggregate, this is the material.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Concrete Sand for paver bedding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — it is the ICPI-preferred bedding sand for interlocking concrete pavers. Spread 1 inch thick over compacted base, screed level, set pavers on top.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between Concrete Sand and Mason Sand for mortar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Concrete sand makes a stronger mortar but a slightly grittier finish. Mason sand is fine enough for smooth-finish joints. Pros use mason sand for finish work, concrete sand for structural.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much Concrete Sand do I need for a small concrete slab?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 10 by 10 foot by 4 inch slab takes about 1.2 cubic yards of total mix. Sand portion alone is about 0.62 yards.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46403089400036,"sku":"2003","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Concrete-Sand.png?v=1750213996"},{"product_id":"gray-granite-0-375","title":"Gray Granite ⅜\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Granite ⅜\" — Small-Format Gray Stone for Walkways \u0026amp; Detail Work\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAlso sold as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/89-stone\" title=\"#89 Stone (Crushed Granite)\"\u003e#89 Stone (Crushed Granite)\u003c\/a\u003e — the contractor spec name for the same material (ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 89).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGray Granite ⅜\" is the smaller, foot-friendlier version of our classic ¾\" gray gravel. Same angular gray tone, same durability, but in a size that walks comfortably along garden paths and finishes drip edges and decorative borders without feeling chunky. When the project asks for the gray gravel look at a more refined scale, this is the size to spec.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⅜\" nominal — angular, crushed faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500–2,700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#89 stone, ⅜\" gray gravel, small gray crushed, walkway gravel, gray chip stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden walkways, side paths, and stepping-stone fill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrip edges around foundations, patios, and walkway perimeters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative borders along garden beds in modern hardscape designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine drainage layers under shallow trenches and downspout dispersal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3' × 30' garden path at 3\" depth needs about 0.85 cubic yards. For a 150 sq ft drip edge along a foundation at 3\", plan on about 1.4 yards. Decorative bed border (6\" wide, 75' long, 3\" deep) takes only about 0.35 yards — the small format goes a long way on detail work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Gray Granite ⅜\" compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite ¾\":\u003c\/strong\u003e ¾\" is the chunkier driveway\/base size. ⅜\" walks more comfortably and looks more refined on garden paths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gray Granite Stone Dust \/ #10:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone dust has high fines and packs tight. ⅜\" is clean and drains. Use ⅜\" where you want texture, dust where you want a solid surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Blue-Gray Granite ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Same size, different color. Blue-gray reads cooler with a steel undertone; gray is the classic neutral pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Riverbed ⅜\":\u003c\/strong\u003e Riverbed is smooth, rounded, naturally tumbled. ⅜\" gray granite is angular and crushed — looks more architectural, locks in place under foot traffic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Gray Granite ⅜\" used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMostly four jobs: garden walkways and stepping-stone fill, drip edges around foundations and patios, decorative borders along beds, and fine drainage in shallow trenches. It is the small-format pick when ¾\" feels too chunky.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Gray Granite ⅜\" the same as #89 stone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — gradationally, ⅜\" gray crushed granite meets ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 89. Contractors who spec permeable paver joint fill ask for #89; the residential name for the same material is Gray Granite ⅜\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I walk on Gray Granite ⅜\" barefoot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is more comfortable than ¾\" but it is still crushed (angular). For barefoot-friendly garden paths, smooth \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/riverbed-0-375\"\u003eRiverbed ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e is the better pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Gray Granite ⅜\" fill paver joints?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor permeable interlocking paver joints, yes — this is the spec'd \"#89 joint stone\" used in PICP installs. For traditional pavers, use polymeric sand instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of Gray Granite ⅜\" weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500–2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.25–1.35 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver to my town?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver ⅜\" gray granite across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/gray-granite-0-75\"\u003egray granite ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e for chunkier coverage on the same site, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for the compacted walkway base layer underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the small-format gray stone for walkways, edges, and detail work.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is Gray Granite 3\/8 inch used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mostly four jobs: garden walkways and stepping-stone fill, drip edges around foundations and patios, decorative borders along beds, and fine drainage in shallow trenches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Gray Granite 3\/8 inch the same as #89 stone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. 3\/8 inch gray crushed granite meets ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 89. Contractors who spec permeable paver joint fill ask for #89.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I walk on Gray Granite 3\/8 inch barefoot?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"More comfortable than 3\/4 inch but still crushed and angular. For barefoot-friendly garden paths, smooth Riverbed 3\/8 inch is the better pick.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will Gray Granite 3\/8 inch fill paver joints?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For permeable interlocking paver joints, yes — this is the spec'd #89 joint stone used in PICP installs. For traditional pavers, use polymeric sand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 to 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.25 to 1.35 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver to my town?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46708913897700,"sku":"4001","price":75.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Crushed-Rock-0.375-Inch.png?v=1756999353"},{"product_id":"rock-salt-untreated-salt","title":"Rock Salt (Untreated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Salt (Untreated) — Standard Sodium Chloride for Driveways \u0026amp; Walkways\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntreated Rock Salt is the standard de-icer New England has been spreading on driveways and walkways for generations. It's straight sodium chloride — no fancy treatments, no premium pricing — and it works in the temperature range that covers most Boston-area winter days (above ~20°F). For homeowners and small contractors who don't need cold-snap performance, this is the cost-effective workhorse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard sodium chloride (NaCl), no additives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbove approximately 20°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~30,000 sq ft per ton at standard application rates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalite, NaCl, road salt, de-icing salt, white salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe ton, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential driveways, walkways, and front steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall business sidewalks and entrance paths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard New England winter conditions (above ~20°F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStockpiling for the season ahead at the best per-ton price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn average residential driveway (about 600 sq ft) burns through roughly 25–40 lbs of salt per storm event. Stockpile a half-ton in the garage and you'll cover most homeowners through a normal winter. Larger properties or commercial lots scale up from there — a 5,000 sq ft small commercial lot eats around 0.16 tons per application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Untreated Rock Salt compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Treated Rock Salt:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treated works down to -15°F with a magnesium chloride coating. Untreated works above 20°F. Use treated for cold snaps, untreated for typical storms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Salt \u0026amp; Sand 50\/50:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50\/50 mix adds traction along with melt. Use straight salt when you want max melt; use the mix when traction (slopes, ADA paths) matters more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Salt \u0026amp; Sand 20\/80:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20\/80 is traction-first with light melt. Use straight salt on flat surfaces; 20\/80 on slopes and budget-conscious routes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Calcium Chloride:\u003c\/strong\u003e Calcium chloride is a different chemistry — works at lower temperatures but costs significantly more. Untreated NaCl is the value\/volume pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt what temperature does Rock Salt stop working?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEffectiveness drops below 20°F and essentially stops below 15°F. For New England's typical winter range (25–35°F days), standard rock salt works fine. For sub-20°F cold snaps, switch to Treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill rock salt damage my driveway or concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSodium chloride can accelerate concrete spalling on newer concrete (less than 1 year old) and on damaged surfaces. For older intact driveways, it's generally fine. For new pours, use sand or calcium magnesium acetate (CMA) for the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much salt for a residential driveway?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 25–40 lbs per storm for a typical 600 sq ft driveway. A half-ton (1,000 lbs) typically covers a homeowner through a normal winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs rock salt safe for pets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can irritate paws and is toxic if ingested. Try to keep dogs off salted areas, wipe paws after walks, and rinse heavy salt residue with water. For pet-friendly alternatives, look at salt-free calcium-magnesium products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does rock salt store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndefinitely if kept dry. Store in a covered bin or bag — it absorbs moisture from air and can clump. Clumped salt is still usable; just break it up before spreading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulk dump truck delivery, no minimum order. We run salt routes across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/rock-salt-treated\"\u003etreated rock salt\u003c\/a\u003e for the cold snaps when standard salt slows down, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/salt-sand-mix-20-80\"\u003esalt \u0026amp; sand 20\/80\u003c\/a\u003e when traction beats melt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the standard rock salt that handles the bulk of New England's winter.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"At what temperature does Rock Salt stop working?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Effectiveness drops below 20F and essentially stops below 15F. For New England typical winter range (25-35F), standard rock salt works fine. For sub-20F cold snaps, switch to Treated.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will rock salt damage my driveway or concrete?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sodium chloride can accelerate concrete spalling on newer concrete (less than 1 year old) and on damaged surfaces. For older intact driveways, generally fine.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much salt for a residential driveway?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 25-40 lbs per storm for a typical 600 sq ft driveway. A half-ton typically covers a homeowner through a normal winter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is rock salt safe for pets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It can irritate paws and is toxic if ingested. Keep dogs off salted areas, wipe paws after walks. For pet-friendly alternatives, look at salt-free calcium-magnesium products.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does rock salt store?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Indefinitely if kept dry. Store in a covered bin or bag — it absorbs moisture from air and can clump. Clumped salt is still usable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47000131829988,"sku":"5001","price":225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Rock-Salt.png?v=1764527096"},{"product_id":"rock-salt-treated","title":"Rock Salt (Treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRock Salt (Treated) — Magnesium-Treated Salt for Low-Temperature Ice Melt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreated Rock Salt is the upgrade you reach for when standard rock salt stops working — typically below 20°F, when straight sodium chloride can't pull enough heat to melt ice. Pre-treated with magnesium chloride, this salt keeps melting down to roughly -15°F, which is exactly when commercial property managers, plow contractors, and HOA maintenance teams need it most. The blue-green tint lets you see exactly where you've applied (and where you haven't).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSodium chloride pre-coated with magnesium chloride\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDown to approximately -15°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~30,000–40,000 sq ft per ton at typical rates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreated salt, blue salt, magnesium-treated rock salt, low-temp salt, pre-treated NaCl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe ton, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial parking lots, office complexes, and industrial properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHOA roads, condo associations, and rental property walkways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold-weather de-icing where standard salt won't activate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlow operators stocking up before a deep-freeze storm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 10,000 sq ft commercial lot, plan on about 0.3 tons per application — a typical winter season runs through 3–6 tons depending on storm frequency. Heavier-traffic areas (entrances, ramps, ADA paths) get hit harder. Stockpile early; treated salt sells out fastest in deep-cold years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Treated Rock Salt compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Untreated Rock Salt:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treated works to -15°F; untreated stops at 20°F. Treated is 30–50% more per ton but works when you need it most.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Salt \u0026amp; Sand 50\/50:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50\/50 adds traction with sand. Treated salt is straight melt for max de-icing power. Use treated where surface is mostly clear; use 50\/50 where snow buildup still needs traction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Calcium Chloride:\u003c\/strong\u003e Calcium chloride works even colder (-25°F+) but costs 3–5x more. Treated NaCl is the value pick for most cold-weather work in Boston-area winters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. CMA \/ Pet-Safe Salts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Calcium magnesium acetate is concrete-safe and pet-safe but doesn't melt as fast. Treated rock salt is the workhorse for performance-first commercial work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Treated Rock Salt different from regular?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe salt is pre-coated with magnesium chloride, which has a much lower freezing point than sodium chloride alone. The combined material keeps melting at temperatures where straight NaCl freezes inert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is treated salt blue or blue-green?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe colorant lets you see exactly where you've applied. Useful for commercial operators who need to verify coverage and avoid double-treating (or missing spots).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs treated salt safer for concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMarginally — the magnesium chloride is less aggressive on concrete than calcium chloride. Still, no de-icer is fully concrete-safe; for new pours (under 1 year), avoid all chloride salts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it cost compared to untreated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTypically 30–50% more per ton. Worth it for properties where customer safety and liability matter more than ton price (offices, healthcare, retail).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does treated salt store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndefinitely if kept dry. The magnesium chloride coating is hygroscopic (attracts water) so store carefully — bins should be covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulk dump truck delivery, no minimum order. We deliver treated salt across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/rock-salt-untreated-salt\"\u003euntreated rock salt\u003c\/a\u003e for warmer-temp storms where the treatment premium isn't needed, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/salt-sand-mix-50-50\"\u003esalt \u0026amp; sand 50\/50 mix\u003c\/a\u003e for surfaces that need traction alongside melt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the cold-temp salt that keeps melting when the standard stuff quits.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Treated Rock Salt different from regular?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Pre-coated with magnesium chloride, which has a lower freezing point than NaCl alone. Keeps melting at temperatures where straight rock salt freezes inert.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why is treated salt blue or blue-green?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The colorant lets you see exactly where you have applied. Useful for commercial operators who need to verify coverage.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is treated salt safer for concrete?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Marginally — magnesium chloride is less aggressive on concrete than calcium chloride. Still, no de-icer is fully concrete-safe; for new pours under 1 year, avoid all chloride salts.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does it cost compared to untreated?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Typically 30-50% more per ton. Worth it for properties where customer safety and liability matter more than ton price.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does treated salt store?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Indefinitely if kept dry. The magnesium chloride coating is hygroscopic so store covered.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47000332239076,"sku":"5002","price":235.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Treated-Salt.png?v=1764526988"},{"product_id":"salt-sand-mix-20-80","title":"Salt \u0026 Sand 20\/80","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSalt \u0026amp; Sand 20\/80 — Traction-First Mix for Steeper Surfaces \u0026amp; Budget-Conscious Crews\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur 20\/80 Salt \u0026amp; Sand Mix is 20% rock salt blended with 80% coarse sand — the budget-friendly traction-first formula for crews and properties where keeping people upright matters more than melting every last bit of ice. Plow operators reach for this on long routes where they need spread-economy. Property managers run it on graded walkways and parking lot ramps where traction is the safety story.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMix\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20% sodium chloride \/ 80% coarse sand by volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction-dominant with light melt — ideal above ~20°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,500 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraction mix, sander mix, sand-salt mix, anti-skid sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlow routes and municipal road maintenance on a budget\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteep driveways, sloped lots, and parking ramps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalkways and ADA paths where slips are the safety risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStretching a winter material budget through a long, snowy season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 10,000 sq ft parking lot, plan on roughly 1.5–2 cubic yards per application. Steeper surfaces (ramps, sloped driveways) get hit a little heavier — the sand does most of the traction work. Stockpile 5–10 yards before the season for a typical small commercial property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Salt \u0026amp; Sand 20\/80 compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Salt \u0026amp; Sand 50\/50:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50\/50 has more salt for stronger melt. 20\/80 is traction-first — better for slopes and steep surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Straight Rock Salt:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salt alone melts but doesn't add grip. 20\/80 adds physical traction that doesn't go away when melt stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Treated Rock Salt:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treated is straight melt for cold snaps. 20\/80 is traction-first for slopes. Different jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pure Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some properties use just sand for traction (no salt). 20\/80 adds modest melt without the cost of more salt content.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I use 20\/80 vs. 50\/50?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20\/80 is for surfaces where TRACTION is the priority — slopes, ramps, ADA walkways. 50\/50 is for surfaces where MELT matters more — flat lots, sidewalks in moderate temps. Plow operators often run both depending on the route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the sand stay on surfaces after the snow melts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMostly yes — which is a feature for traction but means sweeping up in spring. Most commercial properties budget a spring sweep-up after the salt-sand season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs 20\/80 OK on landscaped areas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sand portion is fine, but the salt component can damage adjacent lawn and plants if it migrates in spring runoff. Avoid heavy application directly against turf and beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much salt is actually in 20\/80?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20% by volume — so a cubic yard of mix contains about 500 lbs of salt and 2,000 lbs of sand. Lighter melt than pure salt but real traction performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,500 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulk dump truck delivery, no minimum order. We deliver winter mixes across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/salt-sand-mix-50-50\"\u003esalt \u0026amp; sand 50\/50\u003c\/a\u003e when you need a stronger melt component, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/rock-salt-untreated-salt\"\u003euntreated rock salt\u003c\/a\u003e for direct-melt applications on flat surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the traction-first mix that keeps plow routes moving and walkways safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should I use 20\/80 vs. 50\/50?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"20\/80 is for surfaces where traction is the priority — slopes, ramps, ADA walkways. 50\/50 is where melt matters more — flat lots, sidewalks in moderate temps.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the sand stay on surfaces after the snow melts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Mostly yes — feature for traction but means spring sweep-up. Most commercial properties budget a spring sweep after salt-sand season.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is 20\/80 OK on landscaped areas?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The sand portion is fine, but the salt can damage adjacent lawn and plants in spring runoff. Avoid heavy application directly against turf.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much salt is actually in 20\/80?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"20% by volume — a cubic yard contains about 500 lbs of salt and 2,000 lbs of sand. Lighter melt than pure salt but real traction.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,500 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47000361631972,"sku":"5003","price":121.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Salt-Sand-Mix_2.png?v=1764526927"},{"product_id":"salt-sand-mix-50-50","title":"Salt \u0026 Sand 50\/50","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSalt \u0026amp; Sand 50\/50 — Balanced Mix for Real-World Winter Conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur 50\/50 Salt \u0026amp; Sand Mix splits the difference between the de-icing power of straight rock salt and the traction grip of coarse sand. It's the workhorse blend for property managers, plow operators, and contractors who want a single material that handles ice melt and slip prevention in one spread — no swapping bins between storms, no second pass for traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMix\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50% sodium chloride \/ 50% coarse sand by volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced melt + traction — strong de-icing with grip backup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,600 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced winter mix, salt-sand mix, 50\/50 mix, all-in-one winter material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed-condition storms where ice and slick spots both need handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial lots, condo complexes, and HOA roads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteep driveways and sloped commercial entrances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlow contractors who want one mix across the whole route\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 10,000 sq ft commercial property, plan on roughly 1–1.5 cubic yards per storm. The higher salt content stretches further than the 20\/80 mix on melt, so you can spread a little lighter and still get the de-icing job done. Most plow contractors lay in 8–15 yards pre-season for small route coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Salt \u0026amp; Sand 50\/50 compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Salt \u0026amp; Sand 20\/80:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20\/80 is traction-first. 50\/50 has more salt for stronger melt. Pick by whether melt or traction is the bigger issue on a given route.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Straight Rock Salt:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salt alone is pure melt. 50\/50 adds traction that doesn't disappear when melt stops. For driveways and properties where slip-and-fall is the liability risk, 50\/50 covers both bases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Treated Rock Salt:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treated salt is straight melt for cold snaps. 50\/50 is balanced for typical New England winter mix. Many properties stock both — Treated for cold storms, 50\/50 for everything else.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Pure Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sand alone is traction with zero melt. 50\/50 actively reduces ice while providing grip. Better choice for surfaces where ice forms regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a 50\/50 mix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt's the \"one bin handles most storms\" sweet spot. Half-and-half gives real melt power AND real traction. Properties that want a single material instead of swapping bins between storms go with 50\/50.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill 50\/50 work below 20°F?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe salt portion struggles below 20°F (same limit as untreated salt). For cold snaps, switch to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/rock-salt-treated\"\u003etreated salt\u003c\/a\u003e. For typical New England 20–35°F storms, 50\/50 performs well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much for a 10,000 sq ft commercial lot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 1–1.5 cubic yards per storm. A typical winter season runs through 6–12 yards depending on storm frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes sand-salt mix damage concrete?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe salt fraction has the same concrete-damage potential as pure salt (avoid on concrete under 1 year old). The sand is harmless to concrete but tracks indoors more than salt alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,600 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulk dump truck delivery, no minimum order. We run 50\/50 mix across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/salt-sand-mix-20-80\"\u003esalt \u0026amp; sand 20\/80\u003c\/a\u003e for routes where traction is the priority and the budget is tight, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/rock-salt-treated\"\u003etreated rock salt\u003c\/a\u003e when the deep-cold-snap melt is what's needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the balanced 50\/50 mix that handles the whole storm in one spread.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why a 50\/50 mix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 'one bin handles most storms' sweet spot. Half-and-half gives real melt power AND real traction. Properties that want a single material instead of swapping bins go with 50\/50.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will 50\/50 work below 20F?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The salt portion struggles below 20F. For cold snaps, switch to treated salt. For typical New England 20-35F storms, 50\/50 performs well.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much for a 10,000 sq ft commercial lot?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 1-1.5 cubic yards per storm. A typical winter runs through 6-12 yards depending on storm frequency.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does sand-salt mix damage concrete?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The salt fraction has the same concrete-damage potential as pure salt. The sand is harmless to concrete but tracks indoors more than salt alone.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,600 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Bulk dump truck delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47000378704100,"sku":"5004","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Salt-Sand-Mix.png?v=1764526875"},{"product_id":"fill-dirt","title":"Fill Dirt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFill Dirt — Bulk Unscreened Fill for Grading \u0026amp; Raising Elevations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFill Dirt is what you need when the job calls for moving a lot of earth at a budget-friendly price. It's unscreened, structural-grade soil meant for filling holes, regrading sloped lots, building up low spots, and bringing properties up to grade before the topsoil and lawn go on top. It's not a planting soil — it's the foundation underneath the planting soil. Big jobs need bulk material, and that's exactly what fill dirt is for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnscreened native fill (may contain rocks and roots)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenerally aligns with Mass DOT M1.01.0 Ordinary Borrow for fill applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,000–2,200 lbs\/yd³ (~1.0–1.1 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrdinary borrow, structural fill, bulk dirt, regrade dirt, fill soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilling depressions and old swimming pool removals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaising low-lying yards or correcting drainage by regrading toward gutters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding up around foundations after settling or excavation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase layer under topsoil and loam on new construction sites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilling a 10' × 10' × 6\" deep depression takes about 1.85 cubic yards. A typical pool removal (16' round × 4' deep) needs around 30 cubic yards of fill. Always cover fill dirt with at least 4–6\" of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/loam\"\u003escreened topsoil loam\u003c\/a\u003e before seeding or sodding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Fill Dirt compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Topsoil Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill Dirt is unscreened structural fill (rocks, roots OK). Topsoil Loam is screened planting soil. Use Fill Dirt as the bulk base, Topsoil Loam as the planting layer on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Dense Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dense Pack is engineered, compactable base material. Fill Dirt is bulk native soil — not engineered, not as structurally consistent. Different applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Compost:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compost is light, expensive, organic amendment. Fill Dirt is cheap bulk material. Don't substitute either way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Gravel Borrow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gravel Borrow (Mass DOT M1.03.0) is a higher-spec engineered fill with controlled gradation. Fill Dirt is Ordinary Borrow (M1.01.0) — looser spec, lower cost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I plant in Fill Dirt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot directly — it's unscreened native soil that may contain rocks, roots, and inconsistent organic content. Always cover with 4–6\" of screened topsoil loam before seeding or planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Fill Dirt structural?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor residential grading and yard work, yes — when compacted in lifts. For permitted structural applications (foundations, retaining walls), Mass DOT-spec Gravel Borrow (M1.03.0) is required. Confirm with your engineer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much fill dirt for a pool removal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA typical 16' round above-ground pool removal (4' deep) needs about 30 cubic yards. An in-ground pool removal can run 80–150+ yards depending on size and shape. Get quotes for the specific demo job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill fill dirt settle over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — 10–20% settling over the first year if not compacted in lifts. For grading jobs where final elevation matters, compact every 6–8 inches with a plate compactor or roller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,000–2,200 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver fill dirt to job sites across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/loam\"\u003escreened topsoil loam\u003c\/a\u003e for the planting layer on top, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e when the project needs a compacted structural base instead of bulk fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the bulk fill that handles the heavy lifting on grading jobs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I plant in Fill Dirt?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Not directly — it is unscreened native soil that may contain rocks, roots, and inconsistent organic content. Cover with 4-6 inches of screened topsoil loam before seeding.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Fill Dirt structural?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For residential grading and yard work, yes when compacted in lifts. For permitted structural applications, Mass DOT-spec Gravel Borrow is required.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much fill dirt for a pool removal?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A typical 16-foot round above-ground pool removal (4 feet deep) needs about 30 cubic yards.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will fill dirt settle over time?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — 10-20% settling over the first year if not compacted in lifts. For grading jobs, compact every 6-8 inches.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,000 to 2,200 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47115683463396,"sku":"3006","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Fill-dirt_0af55d64-44e5-44ca-aa7b-38bfa8e01203.png?v=1776296897"},{"product_id":"super-loam","title":"Super Loam","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Loam — Premium Screened Topsoil for Showpiece Lawns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuper Loam is our premium-grade screened topsoil — a step up from standard loam, with a higher organic matter content blended in for the kind of new lawn or sod install where you want results that turn neighbors' heads. If you're doing it right (or doing it once), this is the soil to put down before the seed or the sod goes on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreened topsoil with elevated organic matter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (new lawn standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,800–2,000 lbs\/yd³ (lighter than standard loam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium loam, organic topsoil, screened super soil, enriched loam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew lawn installs from seed or sod where premium results matter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop-dressing tired lawns with a richer blend than standard loam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-grading and re-soiling sports turf or high-traffic lawn areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremium garden bed installs and shrub planting backfill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a new 1,000 sq ft lawn at the recommended 4\" depth, you'll want about 12.3 cubic yards. A small 500 sq ft side yard at 3\" depth runs about 4.6 yards. Always till super loam into the existing subsoil at least 2–3\" so roots don't hit a hard layer when they reach the bottom of the topsoil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Super Loam compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Topsoil Loam (½\" Screened):\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard Topsoil Loam is the workhorse soil for grading and general lawn work. Super Loam adds organic matter for richer planting beds and showpiece lawns. About 20–30% more expensive per yard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Garden Soil Mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Garden Soil Mix is a ready-to-plant blend with peat and sand for raised beds. Super Loam is a richer base soil — better for in-ground lawns and large grading projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Compost:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compost is the pure organic amendment you mix INTO soil. Super Loam already has it blended in. If you have standard loam down, add compost on top; if starting fresh, Super Loam saves a step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Horticultural Soil Mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Horticultural Mix is peat-heavy and very light — designed for containers and propagation. Super Loam is heavier and structured for in-ground lawns and beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes Super Loam \"super\"?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eElevated organic matter content blended into screened topsoil. Standard loam is a balanced mineral mix; Super Loam adds compost-derived nutrients and texture for stronger early plant growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Super Loam worth the upgrade over standard Topsoil Loam?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor new lawns where appearance matters in year one, yes — the organic boost shows in faster germination, deeper green, and thicker turf early. For large grading and structural fill work, standard loam is plenty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I plant directly into Super Loam?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes for lawns from seed or sod. For vegetable gardens, our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/garden-soil-mix\"\u003eGarden Soil Mix\u003c\/a\u003e is purpose-built and better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep should I lay Super Loam for a new lawn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 inches minimum. Till the bottom 2–3\" into the subsoil so roots transition into native soil without hitting a hard line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 1,800–2,000 lbs per cubic yard (lighter than standard loam because of the organic content).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver super loam across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/compost\"\u003ecompost\u003c\/a\u003e to top-dress and feed the lawn after seed-up, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/loam\"\u003escreened topsoil loam\u003c\/a\u003e when standard-grade loam fits the project budget better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the premium loam that grows the lawn the rest of the block notices.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes Super Loam super?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Elevated organic matter content blended into screened topsoil. Standard loam is a balanced mineral mix; Super Loam adds compost-derived nutrients and texture for stronger early plant growth.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Super Loam worth the upgrade over standard Topsoil Loam?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For new lawns where appearance matters in year one, yes — faster germination, deeper green, thicker turf early. For large grading work, standard loam is plenty.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I plant directly into Super Loam?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes for lawns from seed or sod. For vegetable gardens, our Garden Soil Mix is purpose-built and better.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How deep should I lay it for a new lawn?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4 inches minimum. Till the bottom 2-3 inches into the subsoil so roots transition into native soil without hitting a hard line.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 1,800 to 2,000 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48651871125732,"sku":"3002","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/SuperLoam.jpg?v=1775407597"},{"product_id":"garden-soil-mix","title":"Garden Soil","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Soil Mix — Ready-to-Plant Blend for Raised Beds \u0026amp; Vegetable Gardens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Garden Soil Mix is the open-the-bag-and-plant blend that takes the guesswork out of starting a vegetable garden, raised bed, or new flower border. We blend screened loam, sphagnum peat, and coarse sand in proportions tuned for what plants actually want — enough structure to hold roots, enough organic matter to feed them, and enough drainage that roots don't sit in water after a rainy week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreened loam + sphagnum peat + coarse sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth (or 1 yd³ fills a 4'×8'×12\" bed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1,400–1,700 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised bed soil, vegetable garden soil, planter mix, garden mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised garden beds, cedar boxes, and elevated planters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetable gardens, salsa gardens, and herb beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew flower beds where you want plants to take off the first season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilling deep planters, large containers, and trough planters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 4' × 8' raised bed at 12\" deep takes about 1.2 cubic yards — round up to 1.5 yards if you want it heaped a little proud (the soil will settle as you water it in). Two 4' × 4' beds at 12\" deep need about 1.2 yards combined. Bigger 4' × 16' bed at 18\" deep? About 3.6 yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Garden Soil Mix compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Topsoil Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Topsoil Loam is straight screened loam — better for lawns and grading. Garden Soil Mix has peat and sand added for raised-bed performance. Don't substitute — straight loam compacts in raised beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Horticultural Soil Mix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Horticultural is peat-heaviest, lightest, designed for containers and propagation. Garden Soil Mix is heavier and more balanced for in-bed vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Compost:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compost is pure organic amendment (you mix into existing soil). Garden Soil Mix already has the right blend — no mixing required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Super Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Super Loam is for in-ground lawns and beds. Garden Soil Mix is for raised beds and containers where drainage matters more than soil weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's in Garden Soil Mix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eScreened loam (the mineral base), sphagnum peat (organic matter and water retention), and coarse sand (drainage). The proportions are tuned for raised-bed vegetable gardening — roughly 50% loam, 30% peat, 20% sand by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I plant directly into Garden Soil Mix without amending?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — that's the whole point. Fill the bed, plant, water. Most vegetables and herbs take off in this mix without additional amendments in year one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much for a 4×8 raised bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.2 cubic yards at 12\" deep. Round up to 1.5 yards because soil settles 10–15% after first watering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Garden Soil Mix compact over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLess than straight topsoil because the peat keeps it light. Most raised beds need 1–2\" of fresh mix top-dress each spring to replace what settled and broke down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 1,400–1,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver garden soil across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/compost\"\u003ecompost\u003c\/a\u003e to top-dress and feed the bed mid-season, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/black-mulch\"\u003eblack mulch\u003c\/a\u003e to finish the look around your raised beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the ready-to-plant blend that gets gardens growing fast.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is in Garden Soil Mix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Screened loam (mineral base), sphagnum peat (organic matter and water retention), and coarse sand (drainage). Roughly 50% loam, 30% peat, 20% sand by volume.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I plant directly into it without amending?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — that is the whole point. Fill the bed, plant, water. Most vegetables and herbs take off in this mix without additional amendments in year one.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much for a 4 by 8 raised bed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1.2 cubic yards at 12 inch depth. Round up to 1.5 yards because soil settles 10-15% after first watering.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it compact over time?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Less than straight topsoil because the peat keeps it light. Most raised beds need 1-2 inches of fresh mix top-dress each spring.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 1,400 to 1,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48690763923684,"sku":"3003","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Hort-Soil-Mix.png?v=1750213513"},{"product_id":"septic-sand","title":"Septic Sand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeptic Sand — Title 5-Spec Sand for Leach Fields \u0026amp; Mound Systems\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeptic Sand is the engineered-gradation sand that meets Massachusetts Title 5 specifications for septic system soil absorption beds. It's the sand your installer or septic engineer will spec by name — the gradation matters because too fine and the field clogs, too coarse and the effluent moves through too fast for proper treatment. We supply the spec-correct material that local Boards of Health and Title 5 inspectors look for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered-gradation washed sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeets MA Title 5 effluent disposal sand (310 CMR 15.255)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume dictated by engineered design — confirm with installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs\/yd³ (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTitle 5 sand, leach field sand, mound system sand, MA septic sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMassachusetts Title 5 septic leach fields and soil absorption systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMound system construction (when site soils don't pass perc)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineered drainage layers under regulated stormwater systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement and repair of failed septic system components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeptic sand volumes are dictated by your engineered design — the bed dimensions and depth are set by your perc test, design flow, and Board of Health approval. As a rough yardstick, a typical Title 5 leach field of 30' × 60' with 24\" of septic sand runs about 134 cubic yards. Your installer will give you the exact volume off the approved plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Septic Sand compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Concrete Sand (ASTM C33):\u003c\/strong\u003e Concrete sand is the general-purpose fine aggregate. Septic sand has a tighter, Title 5-specific gradation. Don't substitute — failing a Title 5 inspection means re-excavating the bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Mason Sand (ASTM C144):\u003c\/strong\u003e Mason sand is finer; septic sand has more coarse fraction for percolation. Different jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Coarse Sand \/ Paver Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coarse sand drains too fast for septic effluent treatment. Septic sand has the controlled mid-range gradation that lets effluent contact soil bacteria long enough to break down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Fill Dirt \/ Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill dirt is the cover material over the septic system after install. Septic sand is the absorption bed material itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Septic Sand the same as Title 5 sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — our Septic Sand meets the Massachusetts Title 5 effluent disposal sand specification (per 310 CMR 15.255). When your installer or local Board of Health asks for Title 5 sand, this is what they mean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does septic sand gradation matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEffluent needs the right travel time through the absorption bed to allow biological breakdown. Too fine = the field clogs and backs up. Too coarse = effluent flushes through untreated. The engineered Title 5 gradation hits the right balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Septic Sand for paver bedding or general landscape work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can, but it's overkill — and the Title 5 gradation costs more than general-purpose sand. Use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/concrete-sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/coarse-sand\"\u003ePaver Sand\u003c\/a\u003e for non-septic work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Septic Sand pass Title 5 inspection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — our supply meets the spec. Your installer or engineer will collect a sample for the Board of Health if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver to septic job sites in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver septic sand to job sites across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/coarse-sand\"\u003ecoarse sand\u003c\/a\u003e for general drainage backfill outside the regulated bed, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/fill-dirt\"\u003efill dirt\u003c\/a\u003e for finish grading and cover over the completed system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the Title 5-spec sand that passes inspection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Septic Sand the same as Title 5 sand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — our Septic Sand meets the Massachusetts Title 5 effluent disposal sand specification per 310 CMR 15.255. When your installer asks for Title 5 sand, this is what they mean.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does septic sand gradation matter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Effluent needs the right travel time through the absorption bed for biological breakdown. Too fine clogs; too coarse flushes through untreated. The engineered Title 5 gradation hits the balance.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Septic Sand for paver bedding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"You can, but it is overkill. Use Concrete Sand or Paver Sand for non-septic work.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Septic Sand pass Title 5 inspection?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — our supply meets the spec. Your installer or engineer will collect a sample for the Board of Health if required.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver to septic job sites?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48739360211172,"sku":"2004","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/SepticSand.png?v=1778465778"},{"product_id":"blonde-infield-soil-mix","title":"Infield Soil Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInfield Soil Mix — Blonde Clay-Loam Blend for Baseball \u0026amp; Softball Diamonds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur Blonde Infield Soil Mix is the engineered clay-loam-and-sand blend that little leagues, high schools, and town rec departments call for when it's time to refresh a diamond. It packs firm enough to hold a clean spike print, drains fast enough to play after a rain delay, and stays put when the wind kicks up. Same material works for backyard wiffle-ball diamonds, bocce courts, and dog-sport agility surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered blonde clay-loam-and-sand blend\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,000–2,200 lbs\/yd³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiamond mix, infield mix, baseball dirt, blonde infield, ball field soil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBaseball and softball infields, base paths, and warning tracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePitcher's mounds and batter's boxes (where compaction matters most)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBocce courts, horseshoe pits, and shuffleboard surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackyard ball diamonds and rec-league field maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 90' Little League infield (the dirt portion) is roughly 9,500 sq ft. A 1\" top-dress refresh on that surface takes about 29 cubic yards. A backyard 60' diamond at 2\" runs about 14 cubic yards. Always grade and laser-level after spreading for proper drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Infield Soil Mix compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Topsoil Loam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Topsoil is for growing grass. Infield Mix is engineered to NOT grow grass — it stays bare, packs firm, and sheds water. Don't substitute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Mason Sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pure sand drains too fast and won't hold a spike print. Infield Mix has clay content that packs and stays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Stone Dust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone dust is angular crushed fines (better for walkways). Infield Mix is rounded mineral soil engineered for athletic play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. Bocce Court Material (specialized):\u003c\/strong\u003e Many bocce courts use oyster flour or specialty surface mixes. Infield Mix is the budget-friendly alternative that plays well for backyard courts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same dirt MLB fields use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame product family. Pro fields use highly tuned proprietary mixes (often kiln-dried clay branded \"Mar Mound\" or similar). Our Blonde Infield Mix is the standard rec\/high-school grade — plays great, costs a fraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick should I lay infield mix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1\" top-dress for an existing infield refresh. 3–4\" for a new build over a compacted base. Always laser-level for proper grade — infields drain via slope, not via mix porosity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill grass grow in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot well — that's the point. The clay-sand engineered blend resists turf invasion so infields stay bare and playable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Infield Mix for a bocce court?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it's a budget-friendly choice for backyard courts. Compact firmly (use a vibratory plate or roller) and crown slightly for drainage. Pro courts use oyster flour or specialty surfaces; this is the next tier down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,000–2,200 lbs per cubic yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver infield mix across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/mason-sand\"\u003emason sand\u003c\/a\u003e for batter's box and pitcher's mound finish layers, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003edense pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for the compacted base under outfield warning tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the blonde infield mix that plays like the show.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the same dirt MLB fields use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same product family. Pro fields use highly tuned proprietary mixes. Our Blonde Infield Mix is the standard rec\/high-school grade — plays great, costs a fraction.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How thick should I lay infield mix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"1 inch top-dress for an existing infield refresh. 3-4 inches for a new build over a compacted base. Always laser-level for proper grade.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will grass grow in it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Not well — that is the point. The clay-sand engineered blend resists turf invasion so infields stay bare and playable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Infield Mix for a bocce court?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — budget-friendly for backyard courts. Compact firmly and crown slightly for drainage. Pro courts use oyster flour or specialty surfaces.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,000 to 2,200 lbs per cubic yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48777196994788,"sku":"3007","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/native-infield-mix.png?v=1776546771"},{"product_id":"57-stone","title":"#57 Stone (Crushed Granite)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e#57 Stone (Crushed Granite) — The Industry-Spec Drainage \u0026amp; Concrete Stone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e#57 Stone is the named-spec crushed stone every drainage installer, septic contractor, and ready-mix concrete crew calls out by number. Quarried from native Boston-area granite, angular, washed, and gradationally \u003cstrong\u003eclean of fines\u003c\/strong\u003e, it drains fast, locks under load, and meets the ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 57 standard called out on engineered drawings. If a plan sheet says \"57 stone,\" this is the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#57 Stone (ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 size No. 57)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNominal size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" to ¼\" (passes 1½\" sieve, retained on #4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComposition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngular crushed granite, washed, no fines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs per cubic yard (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 yd³ covers ~80 sq ft at 4\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57s, AASHTO 57, drainage stone, septic stone, ¾\" clean crushed stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrench drains, foundation drains, and curtain drains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeptic system drain fields and leach beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe bedding and backfill around culverts and drainage tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady-mix concrete coarse aggregate (when ASTM C33 is specified)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermeable paver base layers and dry wells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway top dressing where a clean, drainable finish is wanted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGradation (ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 — Size No. 57)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSieve size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e% passing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1½\" (37.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25.0 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 – 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½\" (12.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 – 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#4 (4.75 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#8 (2.36 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 100 ft French drain trench (12\"-wide, 6\" of stone above and below a 4\" pipe), plan on about 3.7 cubic yards. For a 200 sq ft permeable paver base at 6\" depth, plan on about 3.7 cubic yards. Use the material calculator at the top of the page for any custom dimensions — and round up by 5–10% for compaction and overdig.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow #57 compares to neighboring sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#57 vs. #67:\u003c\/strong\u003e #57 has a 1\" top size; #67 has a ¾\" top. Both are clean. #57 drains slightly faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#57 vs. #89:\u003c\/strong\u003e #89 is much smaller (⅜\" top). Use #89 where a tighter packing or finer top dressing is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#57 vs. #610:\u003c\/strong\u003e #57 is clean (drains). #610 is dense-graded (compacts solid). Not interchangeable — pick by application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential equivalent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Same material as our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/crushed-gray-rock-0-75-inch\" title=\"Gray Crushed Rock 3\/4 inch\"\u003eGray Crushed Rock ¾\"\u003c\/a\u003e — two ways to ask for the same product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs #57 stone the same as ¾\" gravel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose, but not exactly. #57 is gradation-controlled to ASTM C33 — it spans 1\" down to ¼\" with no fines. Generic \"¾\" gravel\" varies by yard and may include fines. If your spec sheet says #57, ask for #57.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes #57 stone compact?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause there are no fines, #57 doesn't compact in the traditional sense — but its angular granite faces interlock to form a stable, free-draining layer that won't pump or migrate. That's why drainage installers prefer it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use #57 stone under pavers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes for \u003cem\u003epermeable\u003c\/em\u003e paver systems where ASTM C33 #57 is the specified open-graded base. For traditional pavers, use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\" title=\"Dense Pack 3\/4 inch to minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/610-stone\" title=\"#610 Granite Base\"\u003e#610 Granite Base\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of #57 stone weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons. A standard half-ton pickup should not carry more than about a half yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver #57 stone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver #57 stone across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Suffolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Middlesex County Landscape Supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Norfolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Plymouth County Landscape Supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/concrete-sand\" title=\"Concrete Sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e for ASTM C33 bedding, or step up to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\" title=\"Dense Pack\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e when a compacted base is what the job calls for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the industry-spec stone every drainage and septic contractor asks for by name.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is #57 stone the same as 3\/4 inch gravel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Close, but not exactly. #57 is gradation-controlled to ASTM C33 — it spans 1 inch down to a quarter inch with no fines. Generic 3\/4 inch gravel varies by yard and may include fines. If your spec sheet says #57, ask for #57.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does #57 stone compact?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because there are no fines, #57 does not compact in the traditional sense, but its angular granite faces interlock to form a stable, free-draining layer that will not pump or migrate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use #57 stone under pavers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes for permeable paver systems where ASTM C33 #57 is the specified open-graded base. For traditional pavers, use Dense Pack 3\/4 inch to minus or #610 Granite Base instead.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard of #57 stone weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons. A standard half-ton pickup should not carry more than about a half yard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver #57 stone in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48928218611940,"sku":"4101","price":79.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Limestone-Rock-0.75-Inch_3c77ebbc-09a0-4df5-bc21-637e1a02f8f6.png?v=1778808920"},{"product_id":"89-stone","title":"#89 Stone (Crushed Granite)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e#89 Stone (Crushed Granite) — The Small-Format Spec Stone for Paver Joints \u0026amp; Permeable Bases\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e#89 Stone is the ⅜\"-top crushed granite that contractors specify by name for permeable paver joints, walkway finishes, and tight-pack drainage layers. Native Boston-area granite, angular, washed, with a tight ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 No. 89 gradation — small enough to lock pavers, large enough to drain. If a permeable-pavement detail calls for \"#89 joint stone,\" this is it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#89 Stone (ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 size No. 89)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNominal size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⅜\" to fine (passes ½\" sieve, retained on #50)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComposition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngular crushed granite, washed, clean of fines below #50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800 lbs per cubic yard (~1.4 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 yd³ covers ~80 sq ft at 4\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89s, AASHTO 89, joint stone, chip stone, permeable paver joint fill, ⅜\" clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermeable interlocking paver joints (the spec'd \"#89 joint stone\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePermeable paver leveling course (top of the open-graded base)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalkway finish layer over a compacted base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine drainage stone near foundations and small culverts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeptic system top dressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative ground cover where a small, uniform stone is wanted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGradation (ASTM C33 \/ AASHTO M43 — Size No. 89)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSieve size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e% passing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½\" (12.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⅜\" (9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 – 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#4 (4.75 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#8 (2.36 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#16 (1.18 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#50 (300 µm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor permeable paver joints, plan on about ½ cubic yard per 200 sq ft of paver field (after sweeping). For a 2\" leveling course over an open-graded base, plan on about 1.2 yd³ per 200 sq ft. Use the material calculator at the top of the page for custom dimensions, and round up 5–10% for spread loss and re-sweep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow #89 compares to neighboring sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#89 vs. #8:\u003c\/strong\u003e #8 is slightly larger (no #50-fines portion). #89 is the more common \u003cem\u003ejoint\u003c\/em\u003e spec; #8 is the more common \u003cem\u003ebedding\u003c\/em\u003e spec.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#89 vs. #57:\u003c\/strong\u003e #57 is the 1\"-top sibling. Use #57 below #89 in a permeable system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#89 vs. stone dust:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stone dust (#10) has more fines and packs tight. #89 drains. They are \u003cem\u003enot\u003c\/em\u003e interchangeable for permeable installs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential equivalent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Same material as our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/gray-crushed-rock\" title=\"Gray Crushed Rock 3\/8 inch\"\u003eGray Crushed Rock ⅜\"\u003c\/a\u003e — two ways to ask for the same product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is #89 stone used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePrimarily three jobs: filling the joints on permeable interlocking pavers (PICP), the leveling course directly under permeable pavers, and small-stone drainage near foundations or septic systems. It is the spec'd choice when \"#89 joint stone\" appears on a plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use #89 in regular pavers (non-permeable)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor traditional pavers, use polymeric sand for joints and concrete sand for bedding. #89 is the right call for \u003cem\u003epermeable\u003c\/em\u003e systems only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does #89 differ from #8 stone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e#89 includes more of the fine-end material (passes through #50 sieve at 0–5%). #8 has a narrower, slightly larger band. Most PICP details accept either, but #89 is what most permeable spec sheets call out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of #89 stone weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver #89 stone in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver #89 stone across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Suffolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Middlesex County Landscape Supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Norfolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Plymouth County Landscape Supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/57-stone\" title=\"#57 Stone\"\u003e#57 Stone\u003c\/a\u003e as the open-graded base layer below, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/concrete-sand\" title=\"Concrete Sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e for traditional paver bedding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the spec'd joint stone for permeable paver systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is #89 stone used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Primarily three jobs: filling the joints on permeable interlocking pavers, the leveling course directly under permeable pavers, and small-stone drainage near foundations or septic systems.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use #89 in regular pavers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For traditional pavers, use polymeric sand for joints and concrete sand for bedding. #89 is the right call for permeable systems only.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does #89 differ from #8 stone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"#89 includes more of the fine-end material (passes through #50 sieve at 0-5%). #8 has a narrower, slightly larger band. Most permeable pavement specs call out #89.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard of #89 stone weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver #89 stone in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48928220741860,"sku":"4102","price":75.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Crushed-Rock-0.375-Inch_2675ab07-633a-4267-9dff-94dc7cba9c27.png?v=1778808922"},{"product_id":"610-stone","title":"#610 Stone (Dense-Graded Granite Base)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e#610 Stone (Dense-Graded Granite Base) — The Engineered Sub-Base Contractors Spec by Name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e#610 Stone is the dense-graded crushed granite base that locks hardscape, driveways, and sub-grades down for decades. A continuous gradation from 1\" down to dust — angular faces interlock, fines fill the voids, and the whole layer compacts essentially solid under a plate compactor. Meets Mass DOT M1.03.1 \/ AASHTO M147 dense-graded base spec. If the plan sheet says \"610,\" \"crusher run,\" or \"dense graded aggregate,\" this is it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#610 Stone (Mass DOT M1.03.1 \/ AASHTO M147 dense-graded base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite + granite fines, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNominal size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" to dust (continuous gradation, dense-graded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComposition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngular crushed granite with stone dust fines for tight compaction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,800–3,000 lbs per cubic yard (~1.4–1.5 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 yd³ covers ~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (compacted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610, crusher run, ABC stone, dense grade aggregate (DGA), processed gravel, road base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompacted base under interlocking pavers, flagstone, and patio stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining wall footings and segmental block wall foundations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway sub-base under finish gravel or asphalt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalkway and patio sub-base where settling can't be allowed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParking pad and shed pad construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoad base on private driveways and woods roads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGradation (Mass DOT M1.03.1 \/ AASHTO M147 typical band)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSieve size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e% passing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e¾\" (19 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 – 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#4 (4.75 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 – 65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#40 (425 µm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 – 32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#200 (75 µm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 200 sq ft paver patio with a 4\" compacted base, plan on about 2.5 cubic yards. ICPI guidelines recommend 6\" of dense-graded base for residential pedestrian use and 8\"+ for vehicular — so a 600 sq ft driveway base at 8\" runs about 14.8 yards. Always compact in 2–3\" lifts with a plate compactor for proper density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow #610 compares to neighboring products\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#610 vs. #57 \/ #89:\u003c\/strong\u003e #610 is dense-graded (with fines, compacts). #57 and #89 are clean (drain). Use #610 where compaction matters; use #57 or #89 where drainage matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#610 vs. crushed concrete:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crushed concrete is the recycled equivalent — lighter on the wallet, slightly lower bearing capacity. #610 is the virgin-aggregate spec.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential equivalent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Same product family as our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\" title=\"Dense Pack 3\/4 to minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e — two ways to ask for the same material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is #610 stone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dense-graded crushed-stone base material with a continuous gradation from 1\" down to dust. Designed to compact tight under load. The \"6\" refers to the top size band and the \"10\" to the bottom, in the unified stone-numbering convention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs #610 the same as crusher run?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEssentially yes. \"Crusher run\" is the colloquial name; \"#610\" or \"dense-graded aggregate\" is the spec name. Same product family, regional naming differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick should a #610 paver base be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pedestrian patios and walkways, 4–6\" compacted in 2–3\" lifts. For driveways and vehicular use, 6–8\" compacted. Always compact each lift before adding the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of #610 stone weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,800–3,000 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4–1.5 tons. Slightly heavier than clean #57 because of the fines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver #610 in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver #610 across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Suffolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Middlesex County Landscape Supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Norfolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Plymouth County Landscape Supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/concrete-sand\" title=\"Concrete Sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e for the 1\" bedding layer above the compacted base, or our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/crushed-concrete-1-to-minus\" title=\"Crushed Concrete\"\u003eCrushed Concrete 1\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e when recycled base is acceptable for the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the dense-graded base spec contractors call out by name.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is #610 stone?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A dense-graded crushed-stone base material with a continuous gradation from 1 inch down to dust. Designed to compact tight under load.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is #610 the same as crusher run?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Essentially yes. Crusher run is the colloquial name; #610 or dense-graded aggregate is the spec name. Same product family, regional naming differences.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How thick should a #610 paver base be?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For pedestrian patios and walkways, 4-6 inches compacted in 2-3 inch lifts. For driveways and vehicular use, 6-8 inches compacted.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard of #610 stone weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,800-3,000 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.4-1.5 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver #610 in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48928221626596,"sku":"4103","price":76.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Dense-Pack-0.75_fb92e4c6-d90a-4313-9f20-a6d516401d24.png?v=1778808928"},{"product_id":"4-stone","title":"#4 Stone (Crushed Granite Ballast)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e#4 Stone (Crushed Granite Ballast) — Large Clean Stone for Heavy Drainage \u0026amp; Deep Backfill\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e#4 Stone is the bigger-cousin spec stone — 1½\" top size, clean of fines, angular crushed granite. The size drainage engineers reach for when #57 isn't big enough: deep foundation backfill, large culvert bedding, rail-grade ballast, and the transition layer between rip rap and finer drainage stone. Meets AASHTO M43 No. 4 \/ ASTM D448 No. 4. If the spec says \"4 stone,\" this is it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#4 Stone (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 size No. 4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNominal size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1½\" to ¾\" (passes 2½\", retained on ¾\" sieve)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComposition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngular crushed granite, washed, clean of fines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs per cubic yard (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 yd³ covers ~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (loose)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4s, AASHTO 4, ballast stone, large drainage rock, 1½\" clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep drainage trenches and curtain drains where #57 isn't large enough\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation backfill against waterproofing membranes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge culvert bedding and pipe surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeptic system stone where the engineer specifies #4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransition layer between rip rap and #57\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty driveway base where settlement is a concern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGradation (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 — Size No. 4)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSieve size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e% passing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\" (63 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" (50 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 – 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1½\" (37.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 – 55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\" (25 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e½\" (12.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 100 ft foundation drain trench, 2 ft wide, with 1 ft of #4 over a perforated pipe, plan on about 7.4 cubic yards. Use the material calculator at the top of the page for custom dimensions. Round up 5–10% for over-excavation and settlement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow #4 compares to neighboring sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#4 vs. #57:\u003c\/strong\u003e #4 is larger (1½\" top vs. 1\" top). Use #4 in deeper, heavier-flow drainage; use #57 for typical French drains and septic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#4 vs. rip rap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rip rap is much larger (6\"–12\"+) and used for erosion armor. #4 is the transition stone between rip rap and finer drainage rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResidential equivalent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Same material as our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/crushed-gray-rock-1-5-inch\" title=\"Gray Crushed Rock 1.5 inch\"\u003eGray Crushed Rock 1.5\"\u003c\/a\u003e — two ways to ask for the same product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is #4 stone used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeavy drainage, foundation backfill, large culvert bedding, septic stone where the engineer specifies it, and the transition layer between rip rap and smaller drainage rock. It is bigger than #57 and reserved for deeper, higher-flow applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs #4 stone the same as 1.5\" crushed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — gradationally, #4 has a 1½\" mid-band with a 2½\" top sieve. Our Gray Crushed Rock 1.5\" is the same material under its residential name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan #4 stone be used as a driveway surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be used as a deep base, but the size is uncomfortable to walk and drive on as a finish. For a driveway top, use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/crushed-gray-rock-0-75-inch\"\u003e¾\" gray crushed\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/57-stone\"\u003e#57 stone\u003c\/a\u003e on top of a compacted #610 base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of #4 stone weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver #4 stone in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver #4 stone across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Suffolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Middlesex County Landscape Supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Norfolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Plymouth County Landscape Supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/57-stone\" title=\"#57 Stone\"\u003e#57 Stone\u003c\/a\u003e as a transition layer down to finer drainage rock, or step up to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/surge-stone\" title=\"Rip Rap\"\u003eRip Rap 6\"–12\"\u003c\/a\u003e for erosion armor and high-energy stream banks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the large-spec stone engineers call out for deep drainage and heavy backfill.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is #4 stone used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Heavy drainage, foundation backfill, large culvert bedding, septic stone where the engineer specifies it, and the transition layer between rip rap and smaller drainage rock.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is #4 stone the same as 1.5 inch crushed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — gradationally, #4 has a 1.5 inch mid-band with a 2.5 inch top sieve. The residential name is Gray Crushed Rock 1.5 inch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can #4 stone be used as a driveway surface?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It can be used as a deep base, but the size is uncomfortable to walk and drive on as a finish. For a driveway top, use 3\/4 inch gray crushed or #57 stone over a compacted #610 base.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard of #4 stone weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver #4 stone in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48928224018660,"sku":"4104","price":85.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Gray-Crushed-Rock-1.5-Inch_46ba2bc1-ca3e-4023-b7b1-ea69a93e7331.png?v=1778808929"},{"product_id":"10-stone-dust","title":"#10 Stone Dust (Granite Screenings)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e#10 Stone Dust (Granite Screenings) — The Spec'd Fines That Lock Walkways \u0026amp; Paver Joints\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e#10 Stone Dust is the quarter-minus by-product of crushing granite — passes a ⅜\" sieve, with a tight band of fines all the way through #200. It is the spec name (AASHTO M43 No. 10 \/ ASTM D448 No. 10) for what most yards call \"screenings\" or \"stone dust\": the material that compacts hard, finishes a walkway, locks pavers in their joints, and gives a stable footing under stepping stones. If a plan calls for \"screenings\" or \"#10,\" this is the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpec name\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#10 Screenings (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 size No. 10)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushed granite screenings, native to the Boston area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNominal size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePasses ⅜\" (¼\"-minus, including fines through #200)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComposition\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGranite chips, sand, and fines — angular, dry-screened\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,700 lbs per cubic yard (~1.35 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 yd³ covers ~80 sq ft at 4\" depth (compacted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStone dust, screenings, quarter-minus, pack, manufactured sand, decomposed granite (regional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal leveling course and joint fill under and between brick and concrete pavers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompacted walkway base (paths, garden walks, stepping-stone runs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiding arena and round-pen footing (with sand blend)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop dressing on driveways for a smooth, locked surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetting bed for flagstone and bluestone in dry-laid applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrench backfill where fine, compactable material is wanted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGradation (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448 — Size No. 10, typical band)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSieve size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e% passing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⅜\" (9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#4 (4.75 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 – 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#8 (2.36 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 – 90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#16 (1.18 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#30 (600 µm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 – 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#50 (300 µm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 – 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#100 (150 µm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#200 (75 µm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 200 sq ft walkway with a 2\" stone dust setting bed, plan on about 1.25 cubic yards. For paver joint sweep-in, a yard covers approximately 2,000–3,000 sq ft of paver field depending on joint width. Use the material calculator at the top of the page for custom dimensions, and round up 5–10% for compaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow #10 compares to neighboring products\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#10 vs. #89:\u003c\/strong\u003e #10 packs solid (lots of fines). #89 drains (clean joint stone). Choose by whether the joint should compact or drain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#10 vs. mason sand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both are fine. Mason sand is rounder and used for mortar. #10 is angular and locks under compaction — better for walkway setting beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e#10 vs. dense pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dense pack (or #610) has a ¾\"–1\" top stone with fines. #10 is just the fines. Use #10 to top a dense-pack base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue-gray color variant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prefer a blue-gray color profile? See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/blue-gray-granite-dust\" title=\"Blue-Gray Granite Dust\"\u003eBlue-Gray Granite Dust\u003c\/a\u003e — same #10 spec, blue-gray granite color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is #10 stone dust used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWalkway setting beds, paver joint fill, top dressing on driveways, and footing for stepping stones and flagstone. It compacts to a near-solid layer that locks the surface above it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs stone dust the same as #10?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — \"stone dust\" and \"screenings\" are the trade names; #10 (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448) is the formal spec name. Same material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes stone dust drain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot well. The fines pack tight, so water sheds across the surface rather than percolating through. That's a feature for walkways (no settling) but a bug if drainage is needed — for drainage, use #57 or #89 instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use stone dust under pavers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor dry-laid stepping stones and flagstone, yes — it is the standard setting bed. For interlocking concrete pavers, contemporary ICPI guidance prefers concrete sand for bedding; stone dust is still used for joint sweep-in on some installs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a cubic yard of stone dust weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver stone dust in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We deliver #10 stone dust across \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Suffolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Middlesex County Landscape Supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Norfolk County Landscape Supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\" title=\"Plymouth County Landscape Supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\" title=\"Dense Pack\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/products\/610-stone\" title=\"#610 Stone\"\u003e#610 Stone\u003c\/a\u003e as the compacted base below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder today — the spec'd screenings every walkway installer reaches for.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is #10 stone dust used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Walkway setting beds, paver joint fill, top dressing on driveways, and footing for stepping stones and flagstone. It compacts to a near-solid layer that locks the surface above it in place.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is stone dust the same as #10?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Stone dust and screenings are the trade names; #10 (AASHTO M43 \/ ASTM D448) is the formal spec name. Same material.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does stone dust drain?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Not well. The fines pack tight, so water sheds across the surface rather than percolating through. For drainage, use #57 or #89 instead.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use stone dust under pavers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For dry-laid stepping stones and flagstone, yes. For interlocking concrete pavers, ICPI guidance prefers concrete sand for bedding; stone dust is still used for joint sweep on some installs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a cubic yard of stone dust weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 2,700 lbs per cubic yard, or roughly 1.35 tons.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver stone dust in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties. No minimum order; flat-rate delivery shown in the price breakdown.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48928230080740,"sku":"4105","price":69.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/BlueStoneRockFines_c147985e-f4c7-4130-b16a-6454e65ca149.png?v=1778816733"},{"product_id":"coarse-sand","title":"Coarse Sand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoarse Sand — Multi-Purpose Bulk Sand for Drainage, Traction, Footing \u0026amp; Fill\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoarse Sand is the all-purpose, large-grain washed sand for jobs that need bulk sand at value pricing — drainage layers, traction for icy driveways, equestrian arena footing, sandbox base, and general landscape fill. Sold loose by the cubic yard, delivered direct to your driveway or job site across Greater Boston. When the project doesn't need ICPI-spec or ASTM C33, Coarse Sand is the smart, flexible pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAt a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoarse-grain washed sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrain size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~0.5mm–2mm (medium to coarse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~100 sq ft at 3\" depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2,600–2,800 lbs\/yd³ (~1.3–1.4 tons)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso known as\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtility sand, fill sand, drainage sand, all-purpose sand, washed sand, traction sand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSold by\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe cubic yard, bulk dump truck delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it's good for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage layers\u003c\/strong\u003e in yards, around foundations, behind retaining walls, and under shed pads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinter traction\u003c\/strong\u003e on icy driveways and walkways — spread alone or mixed with rock salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEquestrian arena footing\u003c\/strong\u003e, dog runs, and volleyball courts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSandbox base layer\u003c\/strong\u003e (top with finer playground-grade sand for the surface kids play on)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral landscape fill\u003c\/strong\u003e for grading, leveling, and raising low spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolleyball pits, horseshoe pits\u003c\/strong\u003e, and recreational play surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMortar and concrete mixing\u003c\/strong\u003e for non-spec residential projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much coarse sand do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a \u003cstrong\u003e10' × 10' sandbox\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\" deep, plan on about \u003cstrong\u003e1.9 cubic yards\u003c\/strong\u003e. For a \u003cstrong\u003e30' × 60' equestrian arena\u003c\/strong\u003e at 4\" base depth, you're looking at \u003cstrong\u003e22 cubic yards\u003c\/strong\u003e. For \u003cstrong\u003ewinter traction on a typical 50' driveway\u003c\/strong\u003e through the season, 1–2 cubic yards stockpiled is plenty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb: 1 cubic yard covers about 100 square feet at 3\" depth, or 200 square feet at 1.5\". Order 10–15% extra to account for compaction and edge work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Coarse Sand compares\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/paver-sand\"\u003ePaver Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Paver Sand is the ICPI-spec washed sand sold specifically for the bedding layer under pavers and flagstone. Coarse Sand is the broader-spec, multi-purpose grade for drainage, traction, footing, and general fill. Choose Paver Sand if you're setting hardscape; choose Coarse Sand for everything else.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/concrete-sand\"\u003eConcrete Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Concrete Sand is the formal ASTM C33-spec washed sand for ready-mix concrete and structural applications. Coarse Sand is the workhorse alternative when an exact spec sheet isn't required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/mason-sand\"\u003eMason Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Mason Sand is finer-grain for mortar joints and the top of sandboxes. Coarse Sand has the bigger grain you want for drainage and fill applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003evs. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/septic-sand\"\u003eSeptic Sand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Septic Sand is MA Title 5-spec for leach fields and mound systems. Don't substitute Coarse Sand for septic work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between Coarse Sand and Paver Sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePaver Sand is the ICPI-spec washed sand sold specifically for the bedding layer under pavers and flagstone — a more particular gradation for hardscape work. Coarse Sand is the broader-spec, multi-purpose grade for drainage, traction, footing, and general fill. Paver Sand if you're setting hardscape; Coarse Sand for everything else.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Coarse Sand under pavers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor DIY garden paths or stepping stones it works. For a properly-installed paver patio that won't shift over freeze-thaw, use Paver Sand (ICPI-spec) instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Coarse Sand good for sandboxes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes for the base layer underneath — but top with finer playground-grade sand for the surface kids actually play on. Coarse Sand's grain is too large for comfortable digging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much sand for an arena or backyard court?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 22 cubic yards covers a 30' × 60' arena at 4\" base depth. For a backyard volleyball court, plan around 18 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Coarse Sand work for winter traction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — it's a popular cheap alternative to bagged ice melt. Spread alone for traction or mix 50\/50 with rock salt. We also sell pre-mixed \u003ca href=\"\/products\/salt-sand-mix-50-50\"\u003eSalt \u0026amp; Sand 50\/50\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/salt-sand-mix-20-80\"\u003eSalt \u0026amp; Sand 20\/80\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you deliver in the Boston area?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame-day and next-day bulk delivery, no minimum order. We run Coarse Sand across \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/suffolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eSuffolk\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/middlesex-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eMiddlesex\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply\"\u003eNorfolk\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/plymouth-county-landscape-supply\"\u003ePlymouth County\u003c\/a\u003e daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair with our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dense-pack-075-to-minus\"\u003eDense Pack ¾\" to minus\u003c\/a\u003e for a compactable sub-base, or with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rock-salt-untreated-salt\"\u003eRock Salt\u003c\/a\u003e for ready-to-spread winter traction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder coarse sand today — bulk delivery, no bags, no minimum, the workhorse sand for jobs that don't need a spec sheet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What's the difference between Coarse Sand and Paver Sand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Paver Sand is the ICPI-spec washed sand sold specifically for the bedding layer under pavers and flagstone. Coarse Sand is the broader-spec, multi-purpose grade for drainage, traction, footing, and general fill.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use Coarse Sand under pavers?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For DIY garden paths or stepping stones it works. For a properly-installed paver patio that won't shift, use Paver Sand (ICPI-spec) instead.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is Coarse Sand good for sandboxes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes for the base layer underneath. Top with finer playground-grade sand for the surface kids actually play on.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much sand for an arena?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"About 22 cubic yards covers a 30 by 60 arena at 4 inch base depth.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does Coarse Sand work for winter traction?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Spread alone for traction or mix 50\/50 with rock salt.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do you deliver in the Boston area?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Same-day and next-day bulk delivery across Suffolk, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Plymouth Counties.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Ottr Landscape Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48938065527012,"sku":"2003","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0726\/8528\/9700\/files\/Coarse-Sand_27df2368-0946-48e0-883e-9eb4c84fde02.png?v=1778887478"}],"url":"https:\/\/ottrsupply.com\/collections\/norfolk-county-landscape-supply.oembed","provider":"Ottr Landscape Supply","version":"1.0","type":"link"}